]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
; Merge from origin/emacs-25
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70
71 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
72 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
73 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 extensions.
75 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
76 the file name.
77
78 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79
80 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
81 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82
83 \(fn)" t nil)
84
85 ;;;***
86 \f
87 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
88 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
89
90 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
91 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
92
93 \(fn)" t nil)
94
95 ;;;***
96 \f
97 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
98 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
99
100 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
101 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
102 Completion is available.
103
104 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
105
106 ;;;***
107 \f
108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
109 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
110
111 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
112
113 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
114 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
115 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
116 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
117 outside a function.")
118
119 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
120
121 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
122 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
123 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
124
125 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
126
127 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
128 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
129 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
130 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
131 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
132 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
133
134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
135
136 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
137 Prompt for a change log name.
138
139 \(fn)" nil nil)
140
141 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
142 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
143
144 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
145 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
146 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
147 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
148
149 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
150 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
151 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
152 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
153 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
154 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
155 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
243
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
245 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
254
255 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
256
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
258 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
265
266 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
267
268 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
269 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
270
271 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
272
273 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
274 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
275
276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
277
278 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
279 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
280
281 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
282 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
283 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
284 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
285 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
286
287 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
288 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
289 the new one.
290
291 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
292 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
293 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
294 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
295 mapped to the closest extremal position).
296
297 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
298 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
299 the cache-id will clear the cache.
300
301 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
302
303 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
304 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
305 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
306 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
307 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
308 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
309 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
310 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
311 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
312 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
313 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
314 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
315 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
316 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
317 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
318 definition will always be cached for later usage.
319
320 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
321
322 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
323 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
324 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
325
326 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
327 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
328 BODY...)
329
330 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
331 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
332 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
333 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
334 see also `ad-add-advice'.
335 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
336 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
337 before/around/after-advices will be used.
338 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
339 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
340 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
341 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
342 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
343 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
344
345 Semantics of the various flags:
346 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
347 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
348 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
349
350 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
351 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
352
353 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
354 advised function should be compiled.
355
356 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
357 during activation until somebody enables it.
358
359 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
360 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
361 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
362 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
363
364 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
365 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
366 BODY...)
367
368 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
369
370 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
371
372 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
373
374 ;;;***
375 \f
376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
377 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
378
379 (autoload 'align "align" "\
380 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
381 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
382 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
383 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
384 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
385 rule's `separate' attribute).
386
387 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
388 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
389 `separate' attribute set.
390
391 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
392 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
393 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
394 on the format of these lists.
395
396 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
397
398 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
399 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
400 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
401 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
402
403 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
404 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
405
406 Fred (123) 456-7890
407 Alice (123) 456-7890
408 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
409 Joe (123) 456-7890
410
411 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
412 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
413 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
414
415 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
416 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
417 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
418 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
419 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
420
421 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
422 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
423 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
424 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
425 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
426 throughout the line.
427
428 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
429
430 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
431 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
432
433 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
434 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
435
436 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
437
438 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
439 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
440 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
441 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
442 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
443 align that section.
444
445 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
446
447 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
448 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
449 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
450 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
451 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
452 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
453 been used to align that section.
454
455 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
456
457 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
458 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
460 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
461 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
462 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
463 to be colored.
464
465 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
466
467 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
468 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
469
470 \(fn)" t nil)
471
472 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
473 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
474 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
475 indented.
476
477 \(fn)" t nil)
478
479 ;;;***
480 \f
481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484
485 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
486 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487
488 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489
490 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491
492 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
493 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494
495 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
496 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497
498 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
499 `allout-auto-activation'.
500
501 \(fn)" nil nil)
502
503 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
504 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505
506 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
507 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
508 file variable `allout-layout'.
509
510 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
511 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
512 specified layout is applied.
513
514 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
515 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516
517 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
518 Auto-layout is not.
519
520 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521
522 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523
524 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525
526 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527
528 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529
530 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531
532 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533
534 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537
538 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539
540 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541
542 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543
544 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547
548 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549
550 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555
556 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
557 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558
559 \(fn)" nil t)
560
561 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
562 Toggle Allout outline mode.
563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
564 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
565 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566
567 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
568 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
569 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
570 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
571 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
572 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
573 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
590 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
591 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
592 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
593 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
596 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
597 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
598 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
599 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
600 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
601 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
602 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
603 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
604 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605
606 Exposure Control:
607 ----------------
608 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
610 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
611 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
612 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613
614 Navigation:
615 ----------
616 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
619 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
624 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
625 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626
627
628 Topic Header Production:
629 -----------------------
630 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633
634 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
635 ---------------------------------
636 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
637 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
638 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
639 current topic
640 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
641 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
642 are alternated according to nesting depth.
643 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
644 the offspring are not affected.
645 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646
647 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
648 ----------------------------------
649 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
652 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
653 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
654 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
655 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
656 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657
658 Topic-oriented Encryption:
659 -------------------------
660 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
661 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662
663 Misc commands:
664 -------------
665 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
666 and establish a default file-var setting
667 for `allout-layout'.
668 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
669 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
670 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
671 buffer with name derived from derived from that
672 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
673 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
674 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
675 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
676 format.
677 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
678 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
679 auto-activation.
680
681 Topic Encryption
682
683 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
684 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
685 pending encryption on save.
686
687 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
688 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
689 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
690 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
691 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692
693 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
694 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
695 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
696 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
697 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
698 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
699 signal.
700
701 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
702 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
703 for details.
704
705 HOT-SPOT Operation
706
707 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
708 navigation and exposure control.
709
710 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
711 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
712 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
713 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
714 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715
716 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
717 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
718 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
719 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
720 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721
722 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
723 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
724 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
725 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
726 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
727 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
728 at the beginning of the current entry.
729
730 Extending Allout
731
732 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
733 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
734 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735
736 `allout-mode-hook'
737 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
738 `allout-mode-off-hook'
739 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
740 `allout-structure-added-functions'
741 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
742 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
743 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
744 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745
746 Terminology
747
748 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749
750 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
751 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
752 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
753 CURRENT ITEM:
754 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
755 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
756 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
757 called the:
758 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759
760 ANCESTORS:
761 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
762 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
763 of the ITEM.
764 OFFSPRING:
765 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
766 SUBTOPIC:
767 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
768 CHILD:
769 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
770 SIBLINGS:
771 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772
773 Topic text constituents:
774
775 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
776 text.
777 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
778 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
779 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
780 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
781 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
782 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
783 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
784 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
785 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
786 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
787 the PREFIX.
788
789 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
790 of the ITEM.
791 PREFIX-LEAD:
792 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
793 It can be customized by changing the setting of
794 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795
796 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
797 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
798 program code without interfering with processing of the text
799 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
800 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
801 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
802 docstring for more detail.
803 PREFIX-PADDING:
804 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
805 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
806 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
807 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
808 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
809 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
810 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
811 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
812 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
813 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
814 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
815 more details.
816 EXPOSURE:
817 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
818 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
819 CONCEALED:
820 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
821 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822
823 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
824 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
825 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826
827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828
829 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830
831 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
832 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833
834 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
835 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838
839 ;;;***
840 \f
841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
842 ;;;;;; 0))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
844 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845
846 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
847 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848
849 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850
851 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852
853 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
854 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855
856 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
857 visiting an outline.
858
859 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
860 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861
862 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
863 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
864 you want allout widgets operation.
865
866 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867
868 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869
870 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871
872 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
873 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
876 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877
878 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
879 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
880 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881
882 The graphics include:
883
884 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885
886 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
887 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888
889 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
890 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891
892 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
893 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
894 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895
896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897
898 ;;;***
899 \f
900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
923
924 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
925 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
926 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
927 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
928 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
929 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
930 in the current window.
931
932 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
933
934 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
935 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
936 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
937 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
938 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
939 buffer if one does not exist.
940
941 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
942
943 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
944 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
945 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
946 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
947 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
948
949 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
950
951 ;;;***
952 \f
953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
955 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
956
957 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
958 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
959
960 \(fn)" t nil)
961
962 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
963 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
964
965 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
966 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
967 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
968 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
969
970 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
971 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
972
973 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
974
975 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
976
977 ;;;***
978 \f
979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
980 ;;;;;; 0 0))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
982 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
983
984 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
985 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
986 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
987 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
988 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
989 \\[yank].
990
991 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
992 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
993 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
994 the rules.
995
996 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
997 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
998 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
999 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1000
1001 \(fn)" t nil)
1002
1003 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1004 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1005
1006 \(fn)" t nil)
1007
1008 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1009 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1010 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1011
1012 \(fn)" nil nil)
1013
1014 ;;;***
1015 \f
1016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1018
1019 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1025
1026 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1027
1028 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1032
1033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1034
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1038 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1039
1040 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1041 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1042 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1043 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1044
1045 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1046 kind of objects to search.
1047
1048 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1049
1050 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1051 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1052 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1053 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1054 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1055 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1056
1057 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1058 variables, not just user options.
1059
1060 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1061
1062 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1063 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1064 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1065 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1066 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1067
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1069
1070 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1071
1072 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1073 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1074 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1075 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1076 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1077 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1078
1079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1080 noninteractive functions.
1081
1082 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1083 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1084
1085 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1086 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1087
1088 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1089
1090 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1091 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1092
1093 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1094
1095 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1096 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1097 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1098 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1099
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1104
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1106 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1107
1108 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1109
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111
1112 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1113 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1114 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1115 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1117
1118 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1119
1120 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1121 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1122 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1123 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1124 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1125 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1126
1127 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1128 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1129 names and values of properties.
1130
1131 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1132
1133 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1134
1135 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1136 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1137 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1138 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1139 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1140 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141
1142 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1143 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1144 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1145 documentation strings.
1146
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1155
1156 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1157 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1158 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1159 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1160 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1161 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1162
1163 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1164 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1165 archive.
1166
1167 \\{archive-mode-map}
1168
1169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1170
1171 ;;;***
1172 \f
1173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1175
1176 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1177 Major mode for editing arrays.
1178
1179 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1180 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1181 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1182
1183 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1184
1185 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1186 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1187 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1188
1189 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1190 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1191 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1192 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1193 The variables are:
1194
1195 Variables you assign:
1196 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1197 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1198 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1199 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1200 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1201 row numbers in the buffer.
1202
1203 Variables which are calculated:
1204 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1205 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1206
1207 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1208 take a numeric prefix argument):
1209
1210 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1211 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1212 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1213 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1214
1215 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1216 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1217 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1218 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1219
1220 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1224
1225 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1226 between that of point and mark.
1227
1228 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1229 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1230
1231 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1232 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1233 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1234 newlines inside rows)
1235
1236 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1237
1238 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1239
1240 \(fn)" t nil)
1241
1242 ;;;***
1243 \f
1244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1245 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1246 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1247
1248 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1249 Toggle Artist mode.
1250 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1251 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1252 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1253
1254 How to quit Artist mode
1255
1256 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1257
1258
1259 How to submit a bug report
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1262
1263
1264 Drawing with the mouse:
1265
1266 mouse-2
1267 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1268 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1269 below).
1270
1271 mouse-1
1272 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1273 or pastes:
1274
1275 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1278 to new point
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1295 lines
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Paste Paste Paste
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305
1306 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1307 or diagonally.
1308
1309 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1310 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1311 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1312 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1313 poly-lines.
1314
1315 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1316 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1317 overwrite means the opposite.
1318
1319 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1320 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1321 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1322
1323 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1324
1325 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1326 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1327
1328 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1329 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1330 are currently drawing something.
1331
1332 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1333 some time to fill.
1334
1335
1336 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1337 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1338
1339
1340 Settings
1341
1342 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1343
1344 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1345
1346 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1347
1348 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1349
1350 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1351 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1352
1353 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1354
1355
1356 Drawing with keys
1357
1358 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1359 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1360 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1361 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1362 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1363 When pasting: Pastes
1364
1365 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1366
1367 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1370 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1371 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1372 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1373 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1374 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1375
1376
1377 Arrows
1378
1379 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1380 of the line/poly-line
1381
1382 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1383 of the line/poly-line
1384
1385
1386 Selecting operation
1387
1388 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1389
1390 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1391 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1393 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1394 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1397 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1399 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1400 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1401 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1402 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1403 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1409 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1410
1411
1412 Variables
1413
1414 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1415 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1416
1417 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1418 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1419 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1420 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1421 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1422 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1423 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1424 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1425 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1426 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1427 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1428 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1430 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1431 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1432 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1433 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1434 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1435 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1436
1437 Hooks
1438
1439 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1440
1441
1442 Keymap summary
1443
1444 \\{artist-mode-map}
1445
1446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1447
1448 ;;;***
1449 \f
1450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1452
1453 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1454 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1455 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1456
1457 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1458 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1459 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1460 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1461
1462 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1463 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1464
1465 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1466 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1467
1468 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1469
1470 Special commands:
1471 \\{asm-mode-map}
1472
1473 \(fn)" t nil)
1474
1475 ;;;***
1476 \f
1477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1478 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1479
1480 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1481 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1482 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1483 let-binding.")
1484
1485 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1486
1487 ;;;***
1488 \f
1489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1491
1492 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1493 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1494 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1495 for a description of this minor mode.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1498
1499 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1500 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1502 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1503 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1504
1505 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1506 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1507 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1508 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1509 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1510 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1511 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1512 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1513
1514 For example:
1515 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1516 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1518 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1519 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1520
1521 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1522
1523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1524
1525 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1526 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1527 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1528 for a description of this minor mode.
1529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1531 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1532
1533 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1534
1535 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1536 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1538 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1539 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1540
1541 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1542 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1543 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1544
1545 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1546
1547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1548
1549 ;;;***
1550 \f
1551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1553
1554 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1555 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1556
1557 \(fn)" t nil)
1558
1559 ;;;***
1560 \f
1561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1563
1564 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1565 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1566 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1567
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1569
1570 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1572 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1573 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1574
1575 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1576
1577 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1578 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1579 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1580 for a description of this minor mode.
1581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1582 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1583 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1584
1585 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1586
1587 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1588 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1590 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1591 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1592
1593 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1594 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1595
1596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1597
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1601 ;;;;;; 0))
1602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1603
1604 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1605
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1607
1608 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1609
1610 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1611 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1612 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1613
1614 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1615 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1616 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1617 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1618 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1619
1620 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1621
1622 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1623
1624 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1625 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1626 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1627 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1628 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1629
1630 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1631 directory or directories specified.
1632
1633 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1634 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1635 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1636 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1637 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1638 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1639
1640 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1641
1642 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1643 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1644 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1645 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1646 should be non-nil).
1647
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1649
1650 ;;;***
1651 \f
1652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1653 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1654
1655 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1656 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1660
1661 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1662 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1663 disk changes.
1664
1665 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1666 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1667 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1668
1669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1670
1671 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1672 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1673
1674 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1675 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1676
1677 \(fn)" nil nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1682 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1683 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1684
1685 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1686 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1687 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1688 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1689 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1690
1691 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1692 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1693 writing before you save the file!
1694
1695 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1696
1697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1698
1699 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1700 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1701
1702 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1703 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1704
1705 \(fn)" nil nil)
1706
1707 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1708 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1709 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1710 for a description of this minor mode.
1711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1713 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1714
1715 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1716
1717 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1718 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1720 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1721 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1722
1723 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1724 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1725 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1726
1727 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1728 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1729 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1730 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1731 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1732
1733 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1734 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1735 specifies in the mode line.
1736
1737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1738
1739 ;;;***
1740 \f
1741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1743
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1749
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1751
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1756
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1760
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1770
1771 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1772 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1773 definition of \"random distance\".)
1774
1775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1776
1777 ;;;***
1778 \f
1779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1781
1782 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1783
1784 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1785 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1786
1787 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1788 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1789 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1790
1791 \\{bat-mode-map}
1792
1793 \(fn)" t nil)
1794
1795 ;;;***
1796 \f
1797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1799 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1800
1801 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1805
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1807
1808 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1809 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1810 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1811 for a description of this minor mode.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1814 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1815
1816 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1817
1818 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1819 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1823
1824 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1825 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1826 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1827 seconds.
1828
1829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1830
1831 ;;;***
1832 \f
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1834 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1836
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1845
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1847
1848 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1849
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1855
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857
1858 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1865
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1867
1868 ;;;***
1869 \f
1870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1872
1873 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1874 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1875 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1876 of corresponding buffers.
1877 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1878 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1879 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1880 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1881 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1882
1883 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1884 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1885 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1886
1887 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1888
1889 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1890 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1891
1892 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1893
1894 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1895 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1896 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1897 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1898
1899 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1900 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1901 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1902 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1903 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1904
1905 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1906 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1907
1908
1909 Special information:
1910
1911 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1912
1913 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1914 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1915 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1916 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1917 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1918 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1919 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1920 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1921 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1922 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1923 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1924
1925 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1926 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1927 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1928 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1929 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1930 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1931 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1932 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1933
1934 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1935
1936 ----------------------------------------------------------
1937 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1938 if that value is non-nil.
1939
1940 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1941
1942 \(fn)" t nil)
1943
1944 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1945 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1946 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1947 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1948 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1949 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1950 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1951 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1952 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1953 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1954 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1955 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1956
1957 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1958
1959 ;;;***
1960 \f
1961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1962 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
1963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1964
1965 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1966 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1967
1968 \(fn)" t nil)
1969
1970 ;;;***
1971 \f
1972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1974
1975 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1976 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1977
1978 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1979 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1980 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1981
1982 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1983
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1986
1987 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1988
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1991
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1993
1994 ;;;***
1995 \f
1996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
1997 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1998
1999 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2000 Play blackbox.
2001 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2002
2003 What is blackbox?
2004
2005 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2006 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2007 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2008 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2009 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2010 your score.
2011
2012 Overview of play:
2013
2014 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2015 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2016 four.
2017
2018 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2019 movement keys.
2020
2021 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2022 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2023
2024 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2025 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2026
2027 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2028 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2029 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2030 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2031 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2032 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2033
2034 Details:
2035
2036 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2037
2038 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2039 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2040 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2041 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2042
2043 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2044 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2045 denoted by the letter `R'.
2046
2047 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2048 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2049 denoted by the letter `H'.
2050
2051 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2052 example.
2053
2054 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2055 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2056 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2057 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2058 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2059 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2060 ray.
2061
2062 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2063 degree deflection it causes.
2064
2065 1
2066 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2067 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2069 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2074 2 3
2075
2076 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2077 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2078
2079
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2088
2089 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2090 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2091 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2092 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2093 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2094 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2095 emerging from the box.
2096
2097 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2098
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2104 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107
2108 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2109 a reflection.
2110
2111 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2112
2113 ;;;***
2114 \f
2115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2116 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2117 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2118 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2119 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2120 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2121
2122 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2123 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2124 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2125 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2126 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2127 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2128 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2129
2130 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2131 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2132 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2133
2134 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2135 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2136 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2137 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2138 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2139 recent one.
2140
2141 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2142 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2143 yank successive words.
2144
2145 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2146 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2147 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2148 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2149 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2150
2151 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2152 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2153 the list of bookmarks.)
2154
2155 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2156
2157 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2158 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2159 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2160
2161 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2162 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2163 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2164 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2165 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2166 ever deletes the most recent one.
2167
2168 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2169 is nil, raise an error.
2170
2171 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2172 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2173 yank successive words.
2174
2175 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2176 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2177 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2178 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2179 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2180
2181 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2182 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2183 the list of bookmarks.)
2184
2185 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2189 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2190 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2191 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2192 this.
2193
2194 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2195 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2196 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2197 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2198
2199 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2200 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2201
2202 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2203 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2204 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2205
2206 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2209 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2210
2211 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2214 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2215
2216 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2217 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2218 after a bookmark was set in it.
2219
2220 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2221
2222 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2223 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2224
2225 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2226 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2227
2228 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2229
2230 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2231
2232 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2233 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2234 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2235 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2236
2237 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2238 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2239 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2240
2241 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2242 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2243 name.
2244
2245 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2246
2247 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2248 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2249 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2250
2251 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2252 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2253 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2254 this.
2255
2256 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2259 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2260
2261 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2262 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2263 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2264 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2265 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2266 probably because we were called from there.
2267
2268 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2271 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2272
2273 \(fn)" t nil)
2274
2275 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2278 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2279 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2280 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2281 \(second argument).
2282
2283 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2284 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2285 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2286 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2287 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2288
2289 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2290 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2291 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2292 `bookmark-default-file'.
2293
2294 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2295
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2297 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2298 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2299 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2300 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2301 while loading.
2302
2303 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2304 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2305 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2306 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2307 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2308 explicitly.
2309
2310 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2311 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2312 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2313
2314 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2315
2316 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2317 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2318 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2319 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2320 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2321
2322 \(fn)" t nil)
2323
2324 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2325
2326 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2327
2328 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2329 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2330
2331 \(fn)" t nil)
2332
2333 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2334
2335 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2336
2337 ;;;***
2338 \f
2339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2341
2342 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2343 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2344 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2345 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2346
2347 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2348 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2349 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2350 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2351 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2352
2353 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2354
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2357 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2358 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2359 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2360 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2361
2362 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2366 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2367 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2368 narrowed.
2369
2370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2371
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2373 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2374
2375 \(fn)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2379
2380 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2384 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2385 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2386 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2387 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2388 first, if that exists.
2389
2390 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2391 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2392 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2393 ignore it).
2394 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2395 as ARGS.
2396
2397 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2401 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2402 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2403 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2409 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2410 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2411 says which browser to use.
2412
2413 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2416 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2417 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2418 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2419
2420 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2425 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2426
2427 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2428 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2429 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2430 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2433 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2434 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2435
2436 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2437 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438
2439 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440
2441 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2442
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2447
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2454 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2455 new tab in an existing window instead.
2456
2457 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2458 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2465 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2466
2467 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2468 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2469 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2472 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2473 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2474
2475 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2476 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2482 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2483 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2484 Chromium.
2485 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2491 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2492 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2493
2494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2495 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2496 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2497 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498
2499 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2500 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2501 new tab in an existing window instead.
2502
2503 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2504 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507
2508 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2509
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2512
2513 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2514
2515 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2516 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2517 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2518 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2519
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2522 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2523 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529
2530 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2531
2532 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2533 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2534
2535 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2536 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2537 program is invoked according to the variable
2538 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2539
2540 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2541 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2542 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2543 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549
2550 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2551
2552 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2553 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2554 Default to the URL around or before point.
2555
2556 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2557 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2558 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2559
2560 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2561 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2562 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2563 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2564
2565 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2566 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2567
2568 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2569
2570 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2571
2572 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2573 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2574 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2575 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2576
2577 When called interactively, if variable
2578 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2579 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2580 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2581 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582
2583 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2584 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2585 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2586
2587 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2588 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589
2590 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591
2592 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2593 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2594 Default to the URL around or before point.
2595
2596 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2597 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2598 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2607 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2608 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2609
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611
2612 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2613
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2616 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2617 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2618 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2619 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2620 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2621
2622 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623
2624 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2625 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2626 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2627 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2628 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2629
2630 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2631 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2632 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2633 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2634
2635 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2636 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2637
2638 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2639
2640 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2641 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2642 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2643 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2644 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2645 current one.
2646
2647 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2648 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2649 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2650 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2651
2652 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2653 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2654
2655 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2656
2657 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2658 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2659 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2660 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2661 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2662 don't offer a form of remote control.
2663
2664 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2665
2666 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2667 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2668 Default to the URL around or before point.
2669 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2670
2671 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2674 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2675 Default to the URL around the point.
2676
2677 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2678 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2679
2680 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2681 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2682
2683 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2684
2685 ;;;***
2686 \f
2687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2689 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2690
2691 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2692 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2693 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2694 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2695
2696 \(fn)" t nil)
2697
2698 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2699 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2700 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2701 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2702
2703 \(fn)" t nil)
2704
2705 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2706 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2707
2708 \(fn)" t nil)
2709
2710 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2711 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2712 \\<bs-mode-map>
2713 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2714 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2715 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2716 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2717
2718 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2719 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2720 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2721 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2722 name of buffer configuration.
2723
2724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2725
2726 ;;;***
2727 \f
2728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2730
2731 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2732 Play Bubbles game.
2733 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2734 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2735 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2736 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2737 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2738 columns on its right towards the left.
2739
2740 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2741 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2742 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2743 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2744
2745 \(fn)" t nil)
2746
2747 ;;;***
2748 \f
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2752
2753 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2754
2755 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2756 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2757 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2758 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2759 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2760
2761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2764 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2765
2766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2767
2768 ;;;***
2769 \f
2770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2771 ;;;;;; 0))
2772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2773 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2774 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2775 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2776
2777 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2778
2779 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2780 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2781 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2782 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2783 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2784 else the global value will be modified.
2785
2786 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2789 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2790 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2791 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2792 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2793 else the global value will be modified.
2794
2795 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2796
2797 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2798 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2799 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2800
2801 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2802
2803 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2804 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2805 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2806 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2807
2808 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2809 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2810 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2811 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2812 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2813 before scanning it.
2814
2815 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2816 that already has a `.elc' file.
2817
2818 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2819 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2820
2821 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2822 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2823 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2824 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2825 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2826 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2827
2828 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2829
2830 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2831 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2832 Print the result in the echo area.
2833 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2834
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2836
2837 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2838 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2839 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2840
2841 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2842
2843 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2844 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2845 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2846 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2847 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2848 all functions called by those functions.
2849
2850 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2851 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2852 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2853
2854 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2855 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2856 invoked interactively.
2857
2858 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2859
2860 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2861 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2862 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2863 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2864
2865 \(fn)" nil nil)
2866
2867 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2868 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2869 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2870 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2871 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2872 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2873 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2874 already up-to-date.
2875
2876 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2877
2878 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2879 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2880 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2881 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2882
2883 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2884 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2885 and corresponding effects.
2886
2887 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2888
2889 ;;;***
2890 \f
2891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
2892 ;;;;;; 0))
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2894
2895 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2896
2897 ;;;***
2898 \f
2899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
2900 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2901
2902 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2903
2904 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2905
2906 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2907
2908 ;;;***
2909 \f
2910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
2911 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2913
2914 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2915 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2916 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2917 from the cursor position.
2918
2919 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2920
2921 ;;;***
2922 \f
2923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2925 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2926
2927 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2928 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2929
2930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2931
2932 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2933 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2934
2935 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2936
2937 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2938 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2939
2940 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2943 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2944 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2945 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2946
2947 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2948
2949 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2950 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2951 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2952 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2953
2954 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2955
2956 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2957 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2958 This is most useful in the X window system.
2959 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2960 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2961
2962 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2963
2964 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2965 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2966 See calc-keypad for details.
2967
2968 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2969
2970 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2971 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2972
2973 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2974
2975 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2976 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2977
2978 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2979
2980 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2981 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2982
2983 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2984
2985 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2986 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2987 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2988
2989 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2990
2991 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2992 Define Calc function.
2993
2994 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2995 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2996 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2997
2998 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2999 actual Lisp function name.
3000
3001 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3002
3003 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3004
3005 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3006
3007 ;;;***
3008 \f
3009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3010 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3011
3012 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3013
3014
3015 \(fn N)" t nil)
3016
3017 ;;;***
3018 \f
3019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3021
3022 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3023 Run the Emacs calculator.
3024 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3025
3026 \(fn)" t nil)
3027
3028 ;;;***
3029 \f
3030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3034 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3035 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3036 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3037 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3038 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3039
3040 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3041 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3042 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3043 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3044 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3045 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3046 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3047 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3048 window.
3049
3050 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3051 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3052
3053 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3054 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3055 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3056 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3057 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3058 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3059
3060 Runs the following hooks:
3061
3062 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3063 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3064 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3065 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3066
3067 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3068
3069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3070
3071 ;;;***
3072 \f
3073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3075
3076 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3077 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3078
3079 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3080
3081 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3082 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3083 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3084 it fails.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3093
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3095 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3096
3097 \(fn)" nil nil)
3098
3099 ;;;***
3100 \f
3101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3103
3104 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3105 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3106
3107 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3108 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3109
3110 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3111 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3112
3113 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3114
3115 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3116 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3117 made from scratch.
3118
3119 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3120
3121 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3122 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3123
3124 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3125 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3126 made from scratch.
3127
3128 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3129
3130 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3131 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3132
3133 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3134
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3137 made from scratch.
3138
3139 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3140
3141 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3142 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3143
3144 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3145 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3146 made from scratch.
3147
3148 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3151 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3152
3153 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3154
3155 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3156 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3157 made from scratch.
3158
3159 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3160
3161 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3162 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3163
3164 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3165 variables are guessed:
3166
3167 * `c-basic-offset', and
3168 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3169 `c-offsets-alist'.
3170
3171 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3172 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3173
3174 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3175 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3176
3177 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3178 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3179 guess is made from scratch.
3180
3181 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3182 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3183
3184 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3185
3186 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3187 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3188 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3189 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3190
3191 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3192 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3193 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3194
3195 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3196
3197 ;;;***
3198 \f
3199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3201
3202 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3204 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3205 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3206 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3207 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3208 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3209
3210 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3211 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3219
3220 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3221 Major mode for editing C code.
3222
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3224 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3225 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3226 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3227
3228 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3229
3230 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3231 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3232
3233 Key bindings:
3234 \\{c-mode-map}
3235
3236 \(fn)" t nil)
3237
3238 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3239 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3240 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3241 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3242 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3243 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3244 message.
3245
3246 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3247
3248 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3249 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3250
3251 Key bindings:
3252 \\{c++-mode-map}
3253
3254 \(fn)" t nil)
3255 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3256
3257 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3258 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3259 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3260 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3261 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3262 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3263 message.
3264
3265 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3266
3267 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3268 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3269
3270 Key bindings:
3271 \\{objc-mode-map}
3272
3273 \(fn)" t nil)
3274 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3275
3276 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3277 Major mode for editing Java code.
3278 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3279 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3280 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3281 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3282 message.
3283
3284 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3285
3286 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3287 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3288
3289 Key bindings:
3290 \\{java-mode-map}
3291
3292 \(fn)" t nil)
3293 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3294
3295 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3296 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3297 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3298 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3299 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3300 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3301 message.
3302
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3304
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3307
3308 Key bindings:
3309 \\{idl-mode-map}
3310
3311 \(fn)" t nil)
3312 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3313 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3314
3315 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3316 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3317 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3318 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3319 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3320 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3321 message.
3322
3323 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3324
3325 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3326 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3327
3328 Key bindings:
3329 \\{pike-mode-map}
3330
3331 \(fn)" t nil)
3332 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3333 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3337
3338 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3339 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3340 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3341 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3342 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3343 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3344
3345 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3346
3347 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3348 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3349
3350 Key bindings:
3351 \\{awk-mode-map}
3352
3353 \(fn)" t nil)
3354
3355 ;;;***
3356 \f
3357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3358 ;;;;;; 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3360
3361 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3362 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3363 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3364 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3365
3366 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3367
3368 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3369 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3370 might get set too.
3371
3372 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3373 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3374 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3375 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3376 in this way.
3377
3378 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3379 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3380 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3381 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3382 a null operation.
3383
3384 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3385
3386 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3387 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3388 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3389 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3390
3391 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3392
3393 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3394 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3395 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3396
3397 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3398
3399 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3400 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3401 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3402 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3403 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3404
3405 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3406
3407 ;;;***
3408 \f
3409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
3410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3411 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3412 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3413 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3414
3415 ;;;***
3416 \f
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3419
3420 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3421 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3422
3423 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3424
3425 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3426 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3427
3428 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3429
3430 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3431 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3432
3433 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3434 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3435 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3436 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3437 execution.
3438
3439 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3440
3441 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3442
3443 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3444 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3445
3446 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3447 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3448 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3449 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3450
3451 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3452 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3453 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3454 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3455 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3456 `write' commands.
3457
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3459 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3460 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3461 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3462
3463 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3464 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3465 semantics.
3466
3467 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3468
3469 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3470
3471 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3472
3473 STATEMENT :=
3474 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3475 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3476
3477 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3478 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3479 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3480 | integer
3481
3482 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3483
3484 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3485 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3486 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3487
3488 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3489 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3490 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3491
3492 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3493
3494 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3495 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3496 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3497 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3498 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3499 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3500 ;; last STATEMENT.
3501 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3502
3503 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3504 BREAK := (break)
3505
3506 REPEAT :=
3507 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3508 (repeat)
3509 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3510 ;; (repeat))
3511 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3512 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3513 ;; (read REG)
3514 ;; (repeat))
3515 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3516 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3517 ;; (read REG)
3518 ;; (repeat))
3519 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3520
3521 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3522 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3523 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3524 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3525 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3526 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3527 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3528 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3529 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3530 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3531 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3532 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3533 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3534 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3535 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3536 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3537
3538 WRITE :=
3539 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3540 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3541 ;; representation.
3542 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3543 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3544 ;; (write r7))
3545 | (write EXPRESSION)
3546 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3547 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3548 ;; representation.
3549 | (write integer)
3550 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3551 ;; buffer.
3552 | (write string)
3553 ;; Same as: (write string)
3554 | string
3555 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3556 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3557 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3558 ;; representation.
3559 | (write REG ARRAY)
3560 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3561 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3562 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3563 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3564 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3565 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3566
3567 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3568 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3569
3570 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3571 END := (end)
3572
3573 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3574 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3575 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3576
3577 ARG := REG | integer
3578
3579 OPERATOR :=
3580 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3581 + | - | * | / | %
3582
3583 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3584 | & | `|' | ^
3585
3586 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3587 | << | >>
3588
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3591 | <8
3592
3593 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3595 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3596 | >8
3597
3598 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3599 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3600 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3601 | //
3602
3603 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3604 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3605
3606 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3607 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3608 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3609 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3610 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3611 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3612 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3613 | de-sjis
3614
3615 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3616 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3617 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3620 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3621 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3622 ;; byte of SJIS.
3623 | en-sjis
3624
3625 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3626 ;; Same meaning as C code
3627 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3628
3629 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3630 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3631 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3632 | <8=
3633
3634 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3635 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3636 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3637
3638 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3639 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3640 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3641 | //=
3642
3643 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3644
3645
3646 TRANSLATE :=
3647 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3648 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3649 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3650 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3651 ;; respectively.
3652 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3653 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3654 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3655 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3656
3657 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3658 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3659 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3660
3661 LOOKUP :=
3662 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3663 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3664 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3665 ;; respectively.
3666 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3667 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3668 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3669
3670 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3671 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3672 ;; REG.
3673 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3674 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3675 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3676
3677 MAP :=
3678 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3679 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3680 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3681 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3682
3683 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3684 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3685 MAP-ID := integer
3686
3687 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3688
3689 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3690
3691 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3692 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3693 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3694 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3695 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3696 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3697
3698 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3699
3700 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3701 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3702 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3703
3704 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3705
3706 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3707
3708 ;;;***
3709 \f
3710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3712
3713 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3714 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3715 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3716 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3717
3718 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3719
3720 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3721
3722 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3723 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3724
3725 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3726
3727 ;;;***
3728 \f
3729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3731 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3732
3733 ;;;***
3734 \f
3735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3737 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3738
3739 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3740 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3741 There are no special keybindings by default.
3742
3743 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3744 to the action header.
3745
3746 \(fn)" t nil)
3747
3748 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3749 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3750 There are no special keybindings by default.
3751
3752 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3753 to the action header.
3754
3755 \(fn)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3758 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3759
3760 \(fn)" t nil)
3761
3762 ;;;***
3763 \f
3764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (0 0 0
3765 ;;;;;; 0))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3767
3768 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3769 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3770 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3771 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3772 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3773
3774 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3775 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3776
3777 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3778 from which to start.
3779
3780 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3781
3782 ;;;***
3783 \f
3784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3786 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3787
3788 ;;;***
3789 \f
3790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3791 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3793
3794 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3795 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3796 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3797
3798 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3799
3800 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3801 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3802 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3803
3804 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3805
3806 ;;;***
3807 \f
3808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
3809 ;;;;;; 0))
3810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3811 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3812 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3813 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3814 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3815 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3816 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3817 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3818 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3819 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3820
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3822 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3823
3824 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3825 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3826 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3827
3828 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3829 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3830 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3831 the users will view as each check is completed.
3832
3833 \(fn)" t nil)
3834
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3836 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3837 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3838 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3839 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3840 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3841 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3842 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3843
3844 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3845
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3847 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3848 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3849 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3850 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3851 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3852 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3853 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3854
3855 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3858 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3859 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3860 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3861 spacing are all verified.
3862
3863 \(fn)" t nil)
3864
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3866 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3867 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3868 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3869 otherwise stop after the first error.
3870
3871 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3872
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3874 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3875
3876 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3877
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3879 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3880 Only documentation strings are checked.
3881 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3882 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3883 a separate buffer.
3884
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3888 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3889 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3890 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3891 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3892
3893 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3894
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3896 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3898 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3899 if there is one.
3900
3901 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3902
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3904 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3905 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3906 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3907 if there is one.
3908 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3909
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3913 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3914 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3915
3916 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3917
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3919 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3920 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3921 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3922 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3923
3924 \(fn)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3927 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3928 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3929 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3930 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3931 space at the end of each line.
3932
3933 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3934
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3936 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3937 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3938 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3939
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3941
3942 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3943 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3944 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3945 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3946
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3948
3949 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3950 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3951 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3952 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3953
3954 \(fn)" t nil)
3955
3956 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3957 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3958 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3959 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3960
3961 \(fn)" t nil)
3962
3963 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3964 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3965 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3966 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3967
3968 \(fn)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3972 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3974
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3976
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3981
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3988
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3990
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3995
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3997
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3999 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4000 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4001 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4002 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4003
4004 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4005 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4006 checking of documentation strings.
4007
4008 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4009
4010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4011
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4013 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4014
4015 \(fn)" t nil)
4016
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4020 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4021 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4022
4023 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4024 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4025 Return the length of resulting text.
4026
4027 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4028
4029 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4030 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4031
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4033
4034 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4035 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4036 Return the length of resulting text.
4037
4038 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4039
4040 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4041 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4042
4043 \(fn)" t nil)
4044
4045 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4046
4047
4048 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4049
4050 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4051
4052
4053 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4054
4055 ;;;***
4056 \f
4057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4058 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4059
4060 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4061 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4062 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4063 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4064 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4065 editing and the result is evaluated.
4066
4067 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4068
4069 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4070 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4071 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4072 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4073 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4074
4075 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4076
4077 \(fn)" t nil)
4078
4079 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4080 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4081 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4082 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4083 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4084
4085 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4086 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4087 \\{command-history-map}
4088
4089 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4090 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4091
4092 \(fn)" t nil)
4093
4094 ;;;***
4095 \f
4096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4097 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4099
4100 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4101 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4102 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4103 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4104 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4105 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4106 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4107 of this function.
4108
4109 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4110 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4111 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4112 property are:
4113
4114 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4115 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4116
4117 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4118 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4119 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4120 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4121 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4122 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4123 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4124 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4125 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4126 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4127 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4128 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4129
4130 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4131 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4132 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4133
4134 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4135 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4136 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4137 list elements are:
4138
4139 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4140
4141 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4142
4143 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4144
4145 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4146 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4147
4148 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4149 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4150
4151 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4152 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4153 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4154 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4155 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4156 value specified by their associated list element.
4157
4158 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4159
4160 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4161 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4162 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4163
4164 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4165 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4166 * indent the first argument by 4.
4167 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4168 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4169 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4170
4171 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4172 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4173 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4174 instead.
4175
4176 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4177
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4182 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4183
4184 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4185
4186 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4187 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4188 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4189 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4190 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4191 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4192
4193 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4194 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4195
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4200
4201 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4202 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4203 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4204 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4205
4206 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4207 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4208 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4209 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4210
4211 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4212 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4213
4214 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4215
4216 ;;;***
4217 \f
4218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4220
4221 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4222 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4223 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4224 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4225 of `scheme-program-name').
4226 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4227 it is given as initial input.
4228 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4229 discards input when it starts up.
4230 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4231 is run).
4232 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4233
4234 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4235
4236 ;;;***
4237 \f
4238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4239 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4240
4241 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4242 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4243 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4244 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4245
4246 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4247 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4248
4249 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4250 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4251 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4252
4253 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4254
4255 ;;;***
4256 \f
4257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4259
4260 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4261 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4262 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4263 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4264 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4265 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4266 functions have already modified the buffer.
4267
4268 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4269
4270 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4271 either globally or locally.")
4272
4273 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4274 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4275 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4276 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4277
4278 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4279 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4280 `start-file-process'
4281 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4282 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4283 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4284
4285 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4286 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4287
4288 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4289
4290 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4291
4292 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4293
4294 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4295 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4296 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4297 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4298 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4299 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4300 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4301 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4302 process as its initial input.
4303
4304 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4305
4306 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4307
4308 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4309
4310 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4311 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4312 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4313 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4314 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4315 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4316
4317 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4318
4319 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4320
4321 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4322 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4323 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4324 directory tracking functions.")
4325
4326 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4327 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4328 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4329
4330 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4331
4332 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4333
4334 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4335 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4336 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4337
4338 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4339
4340 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4341
4342 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4343 Send COMMAND to current process.
4344 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4345 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4346
4347 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4348
4349 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4350 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4351 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4352 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4353
4354 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4355
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4360
4361 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4362 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4363 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4364 to get another window.
4365
4366 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4367 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4368
4369 This command pushes the mark in each window
4370 at the prior location of point in that window.
4371 If both windows display the same buffer,
4372 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4373 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4374
4375 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4376 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4377 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4378 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4379 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4380 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4381 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4382 ignored.
4383
4384 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4385 this command work in interlaced mode:
4386 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4387 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4388 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4389
4390 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4391
4392 ;;;***
4393 \f
4394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
4395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4396
4397 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4398 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4399
4400 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4401
4402 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4403 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4404 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4405
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4407
4408 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4409 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4410 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4411
4412 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4413
4414 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4415 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4416 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4417 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4418 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4419
4420 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4421 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4422 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4423 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4424 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4425
4426 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4427 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4428 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4429 describing how the process finished.")
4430
4431 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4432 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4433 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4434 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4435 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4436
4437 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4438 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4439 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4440
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4444 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4445 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4446 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4447
4448 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4449
4450 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4451 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4452
4453 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4454 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4455
4456 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4457 (lambda ()
4458 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4459 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4460 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4461 (concat \"make -k \"
4462 (if buffer-file-name
4463 (shell-quote-argument
4464 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4465
4466 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4467 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4468
4469 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4470 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4471 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4472 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4473
4474 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4475
4476 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4477 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4478 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4479 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4480
4481 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4482 and move to the source code that caused it.
4483
4484 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4485 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4486
4487 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4488 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4489 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4490 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4491 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4492
4493 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4494 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4495 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4496 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4497
4498 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4499 kills its subprocesses.
4500
4501 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4502 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4503 to a function that generates a unique name.
4504
4505 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4506
4507 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4508 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4509 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4510 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4511
4512 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4513 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4514
4515 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4516 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4517 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4518 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4519
4520 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4521 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4522 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4523
4524 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4525
4526 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4527
4528 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4529 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4530 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4531 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4532 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4533
4534 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4535
4536 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4537
4538 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4539
4540 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4541
4542 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4543 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4545 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4546 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4547
4548 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4549 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4550 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4551 See `compilation-mode'.
4552
4553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4554
4555 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4556 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4558 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4559 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4560
4561 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4562 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4563 `compilation-mode'.
4564
4565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4566
4567 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4568 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4569 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4570
4571 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4572
4573 ;;;***
4574 \f
4575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
4576 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4577
4578 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4579 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4580 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4581 for a description of this minor mode.
4582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4584 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4585
4586 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4587
4588 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4589 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4591 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4592 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4593
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4595
4596 ;;;***
4597 \f
4598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
4599 ;;;;;; 0))
4600 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4601
4602 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4603 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4604 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4605 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4606 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4607 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4608 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4609
4610 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4611 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4612 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4613
4614 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4615 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4616 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4617
4618 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4619 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4620 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4621 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4622
4623 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4624 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4625 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4626 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4627 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4628 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4629 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4630
4631 \\{conf-mode-map}
4632
4633 \(fn)" t nil)
4634
4635 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4636 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4637 Comments start with `#'.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4639
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4641
4642 \[Desktop Entry]
4643 Encoding=UTF-8
4644 Name=The GIMP
4645 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4646 Name[cs]=GIMP
4647
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4649
4650 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4652 Comments start with `;'.
4653 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4654
4655 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4656
4657 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4658 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4659 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4660
4661 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4662 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4663
4664 \(fn)" t nil)
4665
4666 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4667 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4668 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4669 between `/*' and `*/'.
4670 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4671
4672 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4673 // another kind of comment
4674 /* yet another */
4675
4676 name:value
4677 name=value
4678 name value
4679 x.1 =
4680 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4681 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4686 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4687 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4688 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4689 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4690 `conf-space-keywords'.
4691 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4692 in an interactive fashion instead.
4693
4694 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4695
4696 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4697
4698 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4699 image/png png
4700 image/tiff tiff tif
4701
4702 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4703 class desktop
4704 # Standard multimedia devices
4705 add /dev/audio desktop
4706 add /dev/mixer desktop
4707
4708 \(fn)" t nil)
4709
4710 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4711 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4712 See `conf-space-mode'.
4713
4714 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4715
4716 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4717 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4718 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4719 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4720
4721 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4722
4723 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4724 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4725
4726 \(fn)" t nil)
4727
4728 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4729 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4730 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4731 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4732
4733 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4734
4735 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4736 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4737
4738 \(fn)" t nil)
4739
4740 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4741 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4742 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4743 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4744
4745 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4746
4747 *background: gray99
4748 *foreground: black
4749
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4751
4752 ;;;***
4753 \f
4754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
4755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4756
4757 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4758 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4759 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4760 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4761 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4762 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4763
4764 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4767 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4768 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4769 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4770
4771 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4772
4773 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4774 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4775 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4776 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4777
4778 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4779
4780 ;;;***
4781 \f
4782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
4783 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4785 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4786 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4787 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4788
4789 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4790 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4791 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4792 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4793 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4794 following the copyright are updated as well.
4795 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4796 interactively.
4797
4798 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4799
4800 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4801 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4802 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4803 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4804 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4805
4806 \(fn)" t nil)
4807
4808 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4809 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4810
4811 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4812
4813 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4814 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4815 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4816
4817 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4818
4819 ;;;***
4820 \f
4821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
4822 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4824 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4825 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4826 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4827 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4828 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4829 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4830 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4831
4832 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4833 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4834 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4835 Tab indents for Perl code.
4836 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4837 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4838
4839 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4840 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4841 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4842 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4843 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4844 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4845 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4846 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4847 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4848 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4849 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4850 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4851
4852 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4853
4854 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4855 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4856
4857 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4858
4859 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4860 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4861 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4862 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4863 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4864 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4865 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4866 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4867 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4868
4869 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4870
4871 bite if angry;
4872
4873 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4874 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4875 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4876 to nil.)
4877
4878 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4879 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4880 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4881
4882 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4883
4884 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4885 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4886 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4887 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4888 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4889
4890 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4891
4892 if (A) { B }
4893
4894 into
4895
4896 B if A;
4897
4898 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4899
4900 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4901 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4902 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4903 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4904 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4905 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4906 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4907 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4908 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4909 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4910 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4911 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4912 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4913
4914 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4915 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4916 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4917 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4918 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4919 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4920
4921 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4922 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4923 man via menu.
4924
4925 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4926 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4927 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4928 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4929 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4930
4931 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4932 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4933 span the needed amount of lines.
4934
4935 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4936 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4937 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4938 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4939
4940 Variables controlling indentation style:
4941 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4942 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4943 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4944 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4945 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4946 `cperl-auto-newline'
4947 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4948 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4949 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4950 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4951 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4952 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4953 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4954 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4955 `cperl-indent-level'
4956 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4957 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4958 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4959 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4960 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4961 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4962 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4963 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4964 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4965 `cperl-brace-offset'
4966 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4967 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4968 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4969 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4970 `cperl-label-offset'
4971 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4972 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4973 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4974
4975 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4976 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4977 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4978 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4979 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4980 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4981
4982 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4983 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4984 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4985 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4986
4987 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4988 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4989 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4990 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4991 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4992 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4993 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4994
4995 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4996 column 0 is indented on
4997 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4998
4999 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5000 with no args.
5001
5002 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5003 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5004 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5005
5006 \(fn)" t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5009 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5010
5011 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5014 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5015
5016 \(fn)" t nil)
5017
5018 ;;;***
5019 \f
5020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5022
5023 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5024 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5025 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5026 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5027 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5028
5029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5030
5031 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5032 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5033
5034 \(fn)" t nil)
5035
5036 ;;;***
5037 \f
5038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5040
5041 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5042 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5043 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5044 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5045 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5046 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5047 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5048 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5049
5050 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5051 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5052
5053 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5054 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5055 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5056
5057 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5058 with empty strings removed.
5059
5060 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5061
5062 ;;;***
5063 \f
5064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5066
5067 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5068 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5072
5073 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5074 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5075
5076 \(fn)" t nil)
5077
5078 ;;;***
5079 \f
5080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5081 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5082
5083 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5084 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5085 See the `cua-mode' command
5086 for a description of this minor mode.
5087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5088 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5089 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5090
5091 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5092
5093 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5094 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5096 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5097 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5098
5099 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5100 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5101 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5102 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5103 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5104 normal function of these prefix keys.
5105
5106 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5107 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5108 options:
5109 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5110 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5111 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5112
5113 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5114 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5115 the prefix fallback behavior.
5116
5117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5118
5119 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5120 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5121
5122 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5123
5124 ;;;***
5125 \f
5126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5128
5129 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5130 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5131 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5132
5133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5134
5135 ;;;***
5136 \f
5137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5138 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5140
5141 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5142 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5143
5144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5147 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5148 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5149 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5150 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5151 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5152 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5153
5154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5155
5156 ;;;***
5157 \f
5158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5159 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5160
5161 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5162 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5163
5164 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5165
5166 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5167 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5168
5169 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5170
5171 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5172 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5173
5174 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5175
5176 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5177 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5178
5179 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5180 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5181
5182 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5183 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5184
5185 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5186
5187 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5188
5189 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5190 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5191 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5192
5193 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5194 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5195
5196 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5197 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5198
5199 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5200 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5201
5202 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5203
5204 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5205
5206 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5207 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5208 Return VALUE.
5209
5210 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5211 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5212
5213 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5214 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5215
5216 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5217 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5218
5219 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5220
5221 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5224 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5225 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5226 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5227
5228 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5229 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5230 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5231
5232 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5235 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5236 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5237 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5238 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5239
5240 \(fn)" t nil)
5241
5242 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5243 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5244 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5245 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5246
5247 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5248
5249 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5250 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5251 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5252
5253 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5254
5255 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5257
5258 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5259
5260 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5261
5262 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5263 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5264
5265 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5266
5267 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5268
5269 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5270 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5271 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5272
5273 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5274
5275 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5276 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5277 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5278 as part of Emacs itself.
5279
5280 Each elements looks like this:
5281
5282 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5283
5284 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5285 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5286 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5287 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5288 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5289 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5290 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5291 and `defface'.
5292
5293 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5294
5295 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5296 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5297 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5298 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5299 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5300
5301 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5302 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5303 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5304 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5305
5306 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5307
5308 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5309 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5310 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5311 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5312 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5313 release.
5314
5315 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5316 that were added or redefined since that version.
5317
5318 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5319
5320 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5321 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5322 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5323 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5324
5325 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5326
5327 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5328 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5329
5330 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5331
5332 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5333 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5334 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5335
5336 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5337 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5338
5339 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5340
5341 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5342 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5343
5344 \(fn)" t nil)
5345
5346 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5347 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5348
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5350
5351 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5352 Customize all saved options and faces.
5353
5354 \(fn)" t nil)
5355
5356 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5357 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5358 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5359 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5360 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5361 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5362
5363 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5364 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5365 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5366
5367 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5368
5369 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5370 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5371
5372 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5375 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5376
5377 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5378
5379 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5380 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5381
5382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5383
5384 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5385 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5386 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5387 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5388
5389 \(fn)" nil nil)
5390
5391 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5392 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5393 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5394 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5395 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5396 that option.
5397 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5398
5399 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5400
5401 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5402 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5403 The result includes selecting that window.
5404 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5405 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5406 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5407 that option.
5408 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5409
5410 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5411
5412 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5413 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5414
5415 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5416
5417 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5418 File used for storing customization information.
5419 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5420 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5421 it should be an absolute file name.
5422
5423 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5424 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5425 something like the following in your init file:
5426
5427 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5428 \(load custom-file)
5429
5430 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5431 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5432
5433 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5434 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5435 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5436 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5437 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5438
5439 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5440 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5441 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5442 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5443 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5444 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5445 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5446 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5447 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5448 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5449
5450 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5451
5452 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5453 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5454
5455 \(fn)" nil nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5458 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5459
5460 \(fn)" t nil)
5461
5462 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5463 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5464 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5465
5466 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5467
5468 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5469 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5470 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5471 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5472 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5473
5474 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5475
5476 ;;;***
5477 \f
5478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5479 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5480
5481 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5482 Create or edit a custom theme.
5483 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5484 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5485 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5486 from the Custom save file.
5487 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5488 named *Custom Theme*.
5489
5490 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5491
5492 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5493 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5494
5495 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5496
5497 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5498 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5499
5500 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5501
5502 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5503 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5504 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5505 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5506
5507 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5508
5509 ;;;***
5510 \f
5511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
5512 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5513
5514 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5515 Mode used for cvs status output.
5516
5517 \(fn)" t nil)
5518
5519 ;;;***
5520 \f
5521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5523 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5524
5525 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5526 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5527
5528 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5529
5530 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5531 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5532 C++ modes are included.
5533
5534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5535 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5536 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5537
5538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5539
5540 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5541
5542 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5543 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5544 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5545 for a description of this minor mode.
5546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5547 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5548 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5549
5550 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5551
5552 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5553 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5554 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5555 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5556 ARG is omitted or nil.
5557
5558 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5559 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5560 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5561
5562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5563
5564 ;;;***
5565 \f
5566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
5567 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5569
5570 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5571 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5572
5573 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5574
5575 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5576 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5577
5578 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5579
5580 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5581 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5582 For readability, the table is slightly
5583 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5584
5585 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5586 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5587 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5588 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5589 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5590
5591 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5592
5593 ;;;***
5594 \f
5595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
5596 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5597 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5598 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5599 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5600 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5601
5602 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5603 Completion on current word.
5604 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5605 and presents suggestions for completion.
5606
5607 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5608 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5609 completions.
5610
5611 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5612 then it searches *all* buffers.
5613
5614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5615
5616 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5617 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5618
5619 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5620 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5621 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5622 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5623 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5624
5625 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5626 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5627
5628 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5629 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5630 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5631
5632 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5633 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5634
5635 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5636
5637 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5638
5639 ;;;***
5640 \f
5641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
5642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5643
5644 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5645 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5646
5647 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5648
5649 ;;;***
5650 \f
5651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
5652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5653
5654 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5655 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5656 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5657 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5658 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5659
5660 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5661
5662 ;;;***
5663 \f
5664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5666
5667 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5668 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5669
5670 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5671 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5672 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5673
5674 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5675 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5676 Data lines are not indented.
5677
5678 Key bindings:
5679
5680 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5681 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5682
5683 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5684 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5685 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5686 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5687
5688 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5689
5690 dcl-basic-offset
5691 Extra indentation within blocks.
5692
5693 dcl-continuation-offset
5694 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5695
5696 dcl-margin-offset
5697 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5698
5699 dcl-margin-label-offset
5700 Indentation for a label.
5701
5702 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5703 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5704
5705 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5706 dcl-block-end-regexp
5707 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5708 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5709 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5710 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5711 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5712
5713 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5714 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5715 Two such functions are included in the package:
5716 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5717 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5718
5719 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5720 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5721 One such function is included in the package:
5722 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5723
5724 dcl-tab-always-indent
5725 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5726 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5727 margin.
5728
5729 dcl-electric-characters
5730 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5731 typed.
5732
5733 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5734 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5735 which words trigger electric indentation.
5736
5737 dcl-tempo-comma
5738 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5739 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5740 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5741
5742 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5743 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5744 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5745 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5746
5747 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5748 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5749 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5750 dcl-imenu-label-call
5751 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5752
5753 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5754 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5755 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5756 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5757
5758
5759 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5760
5761 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5762 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5763 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5764 $ i = 1
5765 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5766 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5767 $ label:
5768 $ if i.eq.1
5769 $ then
5770 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5771 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5772 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5773 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5774 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5775 \"lined up with the command line\"
5776 $ type sys$input
5777 Data lines are not indented at all.
5778 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5779 $ endif
5780 $
5781
5782
5783 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5784 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5785
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5787
5788 ;;;***
5789 \f
5790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
5791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5792
5793 (setq debugger 'debug)
5794
5795 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5796 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5797 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5798 of the evaluator.
5799
5800 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5801 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5802 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5803
5804 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5807 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5808
5809 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5810
5811 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5812 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5813 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5814 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5815 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5816 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5817
5818 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5819 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5820
5821 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5824 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5825 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5826 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5827 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5828
5829 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5830
5831 ;;;***
5832 \f
5833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
5834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5835
5836 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5837 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5838
5839 \(fn)" t nil)
5840
5841 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5842 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5843 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5844 Upper-case letters are commands.
5845
5846 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5847 modify it.
5848
5849 The most useful commands are:
5850 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5851 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5852 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5853 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5854 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5855 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5856
5857 \(fn)" t nil)
5858
5859 ;;;***
5860 \f
5861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5863 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5864
5865 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5866 Customization of `columns' group.
5867
5868 \(fn)" t nil)
5869
5870 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5871 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5872
5873 START and END delimits the text region.
5874
5875 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5876
5877 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5878 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5879
5880 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5881
5882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5883
5884 ;;;***
5885 \f
5886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
5887 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5888
5889 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5890
5891 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5892 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5893 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5894 for a description of this minor mode.
5895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5897 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5898
5899 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5900
5901 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5902 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5904 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5905 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5906
5907 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5908 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5909 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5910 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5911
5912 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5913 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5914
5915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5916
5917 ;;;***
5918 \f
5919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
5920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5921
5922 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5923 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5924
5925 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5926
5927 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5928 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5929 or nil if there is no parent.
5930 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5931 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5932 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5933 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5934 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5935
5936 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5937 arguments are currently understood:
5938 :group GROUP
5939 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5940 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5941 :syntax-table TABLE
5942 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5943 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5944 :abbrev-table TABLE
5945 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5946 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5947
5948 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5949
5950 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5951
5952 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5953 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5954 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5955
5956 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5957 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5958
5959 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5960 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5961 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5962
5963 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5964 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5965
5966 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5967 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5968
5969 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5970
5971 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5972
5973 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5974
5975 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5976 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5977 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5978 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5979 the first time the mode is used.
5980
5981 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5982
5983 ;;;***
5984 \f
5985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5987
5988 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5989 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5990 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5991 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5992 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5993 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5994 otherwise.
5995
5996 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5997
5998 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5999 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6000 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6001 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6002
6003 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6004 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6005 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6006
6007 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6008 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6009 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6010 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6011 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6012 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6013 relevant to POS.
6014
6015 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6016
6017 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6018 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6019
6020 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6021 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6022 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6023 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6024 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6025 minibuffer window for width limit.
6026
6027 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6028 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6029
6030 \(fn)" nil nil)
6031
6032 ;;;***
6033 \f
6034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6036
6037 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6038 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6039 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6040 for a description of this minor mode.
6041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6042 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6043 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6044
6045 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6046
6047 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6048 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6050 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6051 is omitted or nil.
6052
6053 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6054 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6055 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6056 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6057
6058 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6059 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6060
6061 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6062 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6063
6064 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6065
6066 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6067
6068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6069
6070 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6071 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6072 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6073 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6074
6075 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6076
6077 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6078 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6079
6080 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6081 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6082 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6083
6084 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6085 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6086
6087 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6088 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6089 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6090
6091 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6092 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6093 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6094 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6095
6096 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6097
6098 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6099 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6100
6101 Handlers are called with argument list
6102
6103 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6104
6105 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6106
6107 `desktop-file-version'
6108 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6109 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6110 `desktop-buffer-point'
6111 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6112 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6113 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6114
6115 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6116 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6117
6118 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6119 code like
6120
6121 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6122 ...
6123 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6124 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6125
6126 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6127 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6128 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6129
6130 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6131
6132 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6133 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6134 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6135 List elements must have the form
6136
6137 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6138
6139 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6140 function.
6141
6142 Handlers are called with argument list
6143
6144 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6145
6146 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6147
6148 `desktop-file-version'
6149 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6150 `desktop-buffer-name'
6151 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6152 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6153 `desktop-buffer-point'
6154 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6155 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6156 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6157
6158 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6159 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6160 created and set.
6161
6162 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6163 code like
6164
6165 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6166 ...
6167 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6168 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6169
6170 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6171 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6172 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6173
6174 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6175
6176 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6177
6178 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6179 Empty the Desktop.
6180 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6181 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6182 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6183 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6184 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6185 if different).
6186
6187 \(fn)" t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6190 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6191 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6192 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6193 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6194 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6195 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6196 do not rewrite the file.
6197
6198 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6199 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6200 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6201 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6202 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6203 file.
6204
6205 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6206 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6207 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6208 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6209 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6210 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6211 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6212 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6213 without further confirmation.
6214
6215 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6216
6217 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6218 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6219 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6220
6221 \(fn)" t nil)
6222
6223 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6224 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6225 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6226 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6227 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6228 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6229 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6230 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6231
6232 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6235 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6236 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6237
6238 \(fn)" nil nil)
6239
6240 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6241
6242 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6243 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6244 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6245 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6246 directory DIRNAME.
6247
6248 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6251 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6252
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6254
6255 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6256 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6257
6258 \(fn)" t nil)
6259
6260 ;;;***
6261 \f
6262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
6263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6264
6265 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6266 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6267 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6268 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6269 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6270 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6271
6272 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6275 Repair a broken attribution line.
6276 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6277
6278 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6279
6280 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6281 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6282 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6283 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6284
6285 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6288 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6289
6290 \(fn)" t nil)
6291
6292 ;;;***
6293 \f
6294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
6295 ;;;;;; 0))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6297
6298 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6299 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6300 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6301 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6302 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6303
6304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6305
6306 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6307 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6308 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6309 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6310
6311 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6312 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6313 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6314 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6315
6316 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6317 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6318
6319 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6320 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6321 calendar-date-style \\='european
6322 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6323
6324 \(diary-mail-entries)
6325
6326 # diary-rem.el ends here
6327
6328 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6329
6330 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6331 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6332
6333 \(fn)" t nil)
6334
6335 ;;;***
6336 \f
6337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
6338 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6339
6340 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6341 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6342
6343 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6344
6345 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6346 The command to use to run diff.")
6347
6348 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6349
6350 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6351 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6352 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6353 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6354 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6355 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6356
6357 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6358 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6359 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6360
6361 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6362
6363 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6364 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6365 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6366 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6367 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6368 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6369
6370 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6371
6372 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6373 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6374
6375 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6376
6377 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6378 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6379 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6380
6381 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6382
6383 ;;;***
6384 \f
6385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6387
6388 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6390 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6391 normal diffs.
6392
6393 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6394 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6395 headers for you on-the-fly.
6396
6397 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6398 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6399 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6400
6401 \\{diff-mode-map}
6402
6403 \(fn)" t nil)
6404
6405 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6406 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6410
6411 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6412
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6414
6415 ;;;***
6416 \f
6417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6419
6420 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6421 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6422 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6423
6424 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6425
6426 ;;;***
6427 \f
6428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
6429 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6430
6431 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6432 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6433 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6434 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6435 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6436 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6437 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6438 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6439
6440 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6441
6442 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6443 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6444 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6445 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6446 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6447 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6448
6449 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6450 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6451 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6452 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6453
6454 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6455 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6456
6457 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6458 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6459 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6460 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6461 listing have no effect.
6462
6463 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6464 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6465 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6466
6467 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6468
6469 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6470 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6471
6472 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6473 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6474
6475 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6476 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6477
6478 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6479 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6480
6481 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6482
6483 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6484 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6485
6486 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6487
6488 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6489 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6490 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6491 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6492 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6493 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6494 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6495 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6496 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6497 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6498 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6499 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6500 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6501 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6502 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6503 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6504 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6505 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6506 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6507 to see why something went wrong.
6508 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6509 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6510 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6511 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6512 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6513 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6514 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6515 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6516 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6517 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6518 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6519 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6520 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6521
6522 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6523 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6524 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6525 again for the directory tree.
6526
6527 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6528 for more info):
6529
6530 `dired-listing-switches'
6531 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6532 `dired-marker-char'
6533 `dired-del-marker'
6534 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6535 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6536 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6537 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6538
6539 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6540
6541 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6542 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6543 `dired-mode-hook'
6544 `dired-load-hook'
6545
6546 Keybindings:
6547 \\{dired-mode-map}
6548
6549 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6550 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6551
6552 ;;;***
6553 \f
6554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
6555 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6556
6557 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6558 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6559 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6560 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6561 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6562
6563 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6564 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6565 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6566
6567 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6568 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6569 directory.
6570
6571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6572
6573 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6574 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6575 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6576 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6577 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6578 from `default-directory'.
6579
6580 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6581
6582 ;;;***
6583 \f
6584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
6585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6586
6587 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6588 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6589 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6590 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6591 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6592 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6593
6594 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6595
6596 ;;;***
6597 \f
6598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
6599 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6600
6601 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6602 Return a new, empty display table.
6603
6604 \(fn)" nil nil)
6605
6606 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6607 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6608 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6609 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6610 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6611
6612 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6613
6614 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6615 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6616 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6617 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6618 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6619
6620 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6621
6622 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6623 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6624
6625 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6626
6627 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6628 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6629
6630 \(fn)" t nil)
6631
6632 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6633 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6634
6635 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6636 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6637
6638 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6639 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6640 byte.
6641
6642 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6643 in the default way after this call.
6644
6645 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6646
6647 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6648 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6649
6650 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6651
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6653 Display character C using printable string S.
6654
6655 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6656
6657 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6658 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6659 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6660 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6661
6662 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6663
6664 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6665 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6666 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6667 X frame.
6668
6669 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6670
6671 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6672 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6673
6674 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6675
6676 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6677 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6678
6679 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6682 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6683
6684 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6685
6686 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6687 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6688
6689 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6690
6691 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6692 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6693
6694 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6695
6696 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6697 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6698
6699 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6700 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6701
6702 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6703 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6704
6705 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6706 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6707 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6708 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6709
6710 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6711 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6712 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6713 in `.emacs'.
6714
6715 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6716
6717 ;;;***
6718 \f
6719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
6720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6721
6722 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6723 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6724 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6725 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6726 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6727 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6728 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6729 Default is 2.
6730
6731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6732
6733 ;;;***
6734 \f
6735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
6736 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6737
6738 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6739 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6740 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6741 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6742 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6743 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6744 private or ask).
6745 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6746 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6747 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6748 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6749 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6750
6751 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6752
6753 ;;;***
6754 \f
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6757
6758 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6759 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6760 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6761 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6762 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6763 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6764 table and its own syntax table.
6765
6766 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6767
6768 \(fn)" t nil)
6769 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6770
6771 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6772 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6773
6774 \(fn)" t nil)
6775
6776 ;;;***
6777 \f
6778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
6779 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6780
6781 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6782 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6783 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6784 OpenDocument format).
6785
6786 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6787
6788 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6789 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6790
6791 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6792 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6793
6794 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6795 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6796 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6797
6798 \(fn)" t nil)
6799
6800 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6801 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6802 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6803 to the next best mode.
6804
6805 \(fn)" nil nil)
6806
6807 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6808 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6811 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6812
6813 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6814
6815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6816
6817 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6818
6819
6820 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6821
6822 ;;;***
6823 \f
6824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6826
6827 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6828 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6829
6830 \(fn)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6836
6837 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6838 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6842
6843 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6844 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6845
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6847
6848 ;;;***
6849 \f
6850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6852 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6853
6854 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6855 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6856
6857 \(fn)" t nil)
6858
6859 ;;;***
6860 \f
6861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
6862 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
6863 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6864
6865 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6866
6867 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6868 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6869 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6870 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6871 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6872
6873 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6874 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6875 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6876 and disables it otherwise.
6877
6878 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6879 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6880 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6881 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6882
6883 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6884 documenting what its argument does.
6885
6886 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6887 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6888 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6889 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6890 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6891 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
6892 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
6893 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
6894 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6895
6896 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6897 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6898 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6899 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6900 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6901 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6902 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6903 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6904 the minor mode is global):
6905
6906 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6907 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6908 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6909 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6910 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6911 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6912 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6913 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6914 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6915 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6916 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6917 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6918 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6919 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6920 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6921 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6922 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6923 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6924 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6925 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6926 in :variable).
6927
6928 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6929 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6930
6931 For example, you could write
6932 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6933 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6934 ...BODY CODE...)
6935
6936 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6937
6938 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6939
6940 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6941
6942 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6943
6944 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6945 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6946 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6947 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6948 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6949 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6950 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6951 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6952 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6953 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6954 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6955 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6956
6957 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6958 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6959 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6960 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6961 call another major mode in their body.
6962
6963 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6964 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6965 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6966
6967 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6968
6969 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6970
6971 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6972 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6973 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6974 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6975 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6976 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6977 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6978
6979 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6980
6981 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6982 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6983 :inherit Parent keymap.
6984 :group Ignored.
6985 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6986 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6987
6988 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6989
6990 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6991 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6992 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6993 the constant's documentation.
6994
6995 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6996
6997 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6998 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6999 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7000
7001 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7002
7003 ;;;***
7004 \f
7005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7006 ;;;;;; 0))
7007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7008
7009 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7010 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7011 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7012 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7013
7014 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7015 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7016 as a top-level menu bar item.
7017
7018 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7019 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7020 pairs:
7021
7022 :filter FUNCTION
7023 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7024 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7025 items to actually display.
7026
7027 :visible INCLUDE
7028 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7029 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7030 alias for `:visible'.
7031
7032 :active ENABLE
7033 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7034 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7035 an alias for `:active'.
7036
7037 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7038 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7039
7040 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7041
7042 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7043
7044 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7045 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7046
7047 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7048 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7049
7050 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7051
7052 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7053
7054 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7055 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7056
7057 :keys KEYS
7058 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7059 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7060 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7061 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7062
7063 :key-sequence KEYS
7064 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7065 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7066 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7067 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7068
7069 :active ENABLE
7070 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7071 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7072 alias for `:active'.
7073
7074 :visible INCLUDE
7075 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7076 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7077 `:visible'.
7078
7079 :label FORM
7080 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7081 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7082
7083 :suffix FORM
7084 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7085 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7086
7087 :style STYLE
7088 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7089 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7090 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7091
7092 :selected SELECTED
7093 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7094 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7095
7096 :help HELP
7097 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7098
7099 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7100 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7101 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7102
7103 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7104 MENU. This is a submenu.
7105
7106 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7107
7108 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7109
7110 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7111
7112
7113 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7114
7115 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7116 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7117 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7118 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7119
7120 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7121
7122 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7123 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7124 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7125 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7126 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7127 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7128
7129 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7130 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7131 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7132
7133 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7134 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7135 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7136
7137 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7138 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7139
7140 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7141
7142 ;;;***
7143 \f
7144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
7145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7146 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7147
7148 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7149 Customization for ebnf group.
7150
7151 \(fn)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7155
7156 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7157
7158 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7159 processed.
7160
7161 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7162
7163 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7167
7168 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7169 killed after process termination.
7170
7171 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7172
7173 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7177
7178 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7179 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7180 it to the printer.
7181
7182 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7183 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7184 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7185 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7186
7187 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7188
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7191 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7192
7193 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7197
7198 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7199
7200 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7201 processed.
7202
7203 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7204
7205 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7206
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7209
7210 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7211 killed after process termination.
7212
7213 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7214
7215 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7219 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7220 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7221
7222 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7223
7224 \(fn)" t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7228 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7229
7230 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7231
7232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7236
7237 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7238
7239 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7240 processed.
7241
7242 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7243
7244 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7245
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7248
7249 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7250 killed after EPS generation.
7251
7252 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7253
7254 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7255
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7258
7259 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7260 The EPS file name has the following form:
7261
7262 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7263
7264 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7265 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7266
7267 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7268 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7269 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7270 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7271 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7272
7273 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7274 files.
7275
7276 \(fn)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7280
7281 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7282 The EPS file name has the following form:
7283
7284 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7285
7286 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7287 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7288
7289 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7290 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7291 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7292 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7293 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7294
7295 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7296 files.
7297
7298 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7299
7300 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7301
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7304
7305 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7306
7307 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7308 are processed.
7309
7310 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7311
7312 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7313
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7316
7317 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7318 killed after syntax checking.
7319
7320 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7321
7322 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7326
7327 \(fn)" t nil)
7328
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7331
7332 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7335 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7336
7337 \(fn)" nil nil)
7338
7339 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7340 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7341
7342 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7343
7344 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7345
7346 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7347 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7348
7349 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7350
7351 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7354 Delete style NAME.
7355
7356 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7357
7358 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7361 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7362
7363 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7364
7365 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7366
7367 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7368 Set STYLE as the current style.
7369
7370 Returns the old style symbol.
7371
7372 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7373
7374 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7375
7376 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7377 Reset current style.
7378
7379 Returns the old style symbol.
7380
7381 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7382
7383 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7387
7388 Returns the old style symbol.
7389
7390 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7391
7392 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7393
7394 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7397 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7398
7399 Returns the old style symbol.
7400
7401 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7402
7403 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 ;;;***
7408 \f
7409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7413 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7414 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7415 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7416 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7417 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7418
7419 Tree mode key bindings:
7420 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7421
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7423
7424 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7425 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7426
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7430 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7431
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7435 View declaration of member at point.
7436
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7440 Find declaration of member at point.
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7445 View definition of member at point.
7446
7447 \(fn)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7450 Find definition of member at point.
7451
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7455 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7456
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7460 View definition of member at point in other window.
7461
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7465 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7466
7467 \(fn)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7471
7472 \(fn)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7475 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7476
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7480 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7481
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7485 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7486 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7487 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7488 completion.
7489
7490 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7491
7492 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7493 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7494 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7495 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7496
7497 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7500 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7501 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7502 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7503
7504 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7505
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7507 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7508 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7509
7510 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7511
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7513 Search for call sites of a member.
7514 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7515 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7516 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7517 looks like a function call to the member.
7518
7519 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7520
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7522 Move backward in the position stack.
7523 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7524
7525 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7528 Move forward in the position stack.
7529 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7530
7531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7532
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7534 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7535
7536 \(fn)" t nil)
7537
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7539 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7540
7541 \(fn)" t nil)
7542
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7544 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7545 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7546 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7547
7548 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7549
7550 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7551 Display statistics for a class tree.
7552
7553 \(fn)" t nil)
7554
7555 ;;;***
7556 \f
7557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
7558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7559
7560 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7561 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7562 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7563 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7564 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7565 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7566 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7567
7568 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7569
7570 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7571 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7572 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7573 also has this effect.
7574 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7575 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7576 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7577 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7578 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7579 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7580 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7581 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7582 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7584
7585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7586
7587 ;;;***
7588 \f
7589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7591
7592 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7593 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7594 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7595
7596 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7597
7598 ;;;***
7599 \f
7600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
7602
7603 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7604
7605
7606 \(fn)" nil nil)
7607
7608 ;;;***
7609 \f
7610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
7611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7612 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7613
7614 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7615 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7616 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7617 for a description of this minor mode.
7618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7619 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7620 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7621
7622 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7623
7624 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7625 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7626 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7627 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7628 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7629
7630 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7631 an EDE controlled project.
7632
7633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7634
7635 ;;;***
7636 \f
7637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
7638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7639
7640 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7641 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7642 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7643 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7644 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7645
7646 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7647 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7648 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7649 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7650
7651 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7652
7653 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7654 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7655 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7656 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7657
7658 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7659
7660 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7661 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7662 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7663 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7664
7665 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7666
7667 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7668
7669 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7670 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7671 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7672 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7673 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7674
7675 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7676 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7677 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7678 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7679 instrumented for Edebug.
7680
7681 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7682 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7683 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7684 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7685 already is one.)
7686
7687 \(fn)" t nil)
7688
7689 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7690 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7691
7692 \(fn)" t nil)
7693
7694 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7695 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7696
7697 \(fn)" t nil)
7698
7699 ;;;***
7700 \f
7701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7703 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7704
7705 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7707
7708 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7709
7710 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7711 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7712
7713 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7714
7715 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7716
7717 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7718
7719 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7720 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7721 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7722 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7723
7724 \(fn)" t nil)
7725
7726 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7727 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7728 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7729 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7730
7731 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7735
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7737
7738 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7739
7740 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7741 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7742
7743 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7744
7745 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7749 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7750 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7751
7752 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7753
7754 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7758 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7759 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7760
7761 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7762
7763 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7767 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7768 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7769
7770 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7776 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7777 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7778
7779 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7784 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7785 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7786 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7787 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7788 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7789
7790 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7794 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7795 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7796
7797 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7798
7799 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7803 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7804 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7805
7806 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7809
7810 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7813 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7814 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7815 follows:
7816 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7817 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7818
7819 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7822 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7823 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7824 follows:
7825 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7826 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7827
7828 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7829
7830 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7831 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7832 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7833 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7834 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7835
7836 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7837
7838 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7839 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7840 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7841 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7842 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7843 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7844
7845 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7846
7847 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7848
7849 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7850 Merge two files without ancestor.
7851
7852 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7855 Merge two files with ancestor.
7856
7857 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7858
7859 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7860
7861 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7862 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7863
7864 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7865
7866 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7867 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7868
7869 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7870
7871 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7872 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7873 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7874 buffer.
7875
7876 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7879 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7880 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7881 buffer.
7882
7883 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7884
7885 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7886 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7887 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7888 and don't ask the user.
7889 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7890 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7891
7892 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7893
7894 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7895 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7896 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7897 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7898 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7899 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7900 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7901 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7902
7903 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7904
7905 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7906
7907 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7910 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7911 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7912 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7913 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7914
7915 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7916
7917 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7920 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7921 When called interactively, displays the version.
7922
7923 \(fn)" t nil)
7924
7925 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7926 Display Ediff's manual.
7927 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7928
7929 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7930
7931 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7932
7933
7934 \(fn)" nil nil)
7935
7936 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7937
7938
7939 \(fn)" nil nil)
7940
7941 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7942
7943
7944 \(fn)" nil nil)
7945
7946 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7947
7948
7949 \(fn)" nil nil)
7950
7951 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7952
7953
7954 \(fn)" nil nil)
7955
7956 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7957
7958
7959 \(fn)" nil nil)
7960
7961 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7962
7963
7964 \(fn)" nil nil)
7965
7966 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7967
7968
7969 \(fn)" nil nil)
7970
7971 ;;;***
7972 \f
7973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7975
7976 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7977
7978
7979 \(fn)" t nil)
7980
7981 ;;;***
7982 \f
7983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
7984 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7985
7986 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7987 Display Ediff's registry.
7988
7989 \(fn)" t nil)
7990
7991 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7992
7993 ;;;***
7994 \f
7995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
7996 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7997
7998 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7999 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8000 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8001 which see.
8002
8003 \(fn)" t nil)
8004
8005 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8006 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8007 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8008 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8009
8010 \(fn)" t nil)
8011
8012 ;;;***
8013 \f
8014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8016 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8017
8018 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8019 Edit a keyboard macro.
8020 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8021 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8022 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8023 its command name.
8024 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8025
8026 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8027
8028 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8029 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8030
8031 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8032
8033 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8034 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8035
8036 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8037
8038 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8039 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8040 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8041 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8042 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8043 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8044
8045 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8046 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8047 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8048 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8049
8050 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8051
8052 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8053 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8054 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8055 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8056 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8057 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8058
8059 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8060
8061 ;;;***
8062 \f
8063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
8064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8065
8066 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8067 Set scroll margins.
8068 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8069 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8070
8071 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8074 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8075
8076 \(fn)" t nil)
8077
8078 ;;;***
8079 \f
8080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8082
8083 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8084 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8085 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8086 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8087 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8088 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8089 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8090
8091 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8092 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8093
8094 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8095 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8096 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8097 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8098
8099 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8100 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8101 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8102
8103 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8104 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8105 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8106
8107 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8108
8109 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8110
8111
8112 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8113
8114 ;;;***
8115 \f
8116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8118 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8119
8120 ;;;***
8121 \f
8122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
8123 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8125 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8126
8127 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8128 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8129 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8130 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8131 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8132 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8133 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8134
8135 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8136
8137 ;;;***
8138 \f
8139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
8140 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8141
8142 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8143 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8144
8145 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8146 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8147 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8148
8149 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8150
8151 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8152 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8153 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8154 for a description of this minor mode.
8155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8156 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8157 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8158
8159 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8160
8161 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8162 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8163 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8164 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8165 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8166
8167 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8168 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8169 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8170 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8171
8172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8175 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8176
8177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8178
8179 ;;;***
8180 \f
8181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
8182 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8183
8184 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8185 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8186
8187 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8188 an elided material again.
8189
8190 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8191
8192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8193
8194 ;;;***
8195 \f
8196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
8197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8198
8199 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8200 Lint the file FILE.
8201
8202 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8203
8204 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8205 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8206 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8207
8208 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8211 Lint the current buffer.
8212 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8213
8214 \(fn)" t nil)
8215
8216 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8217 Lint the function at point.
8218 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8219
8220 \(fn)" t nil)
8221
8222 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8223 Initialize elint.
8224 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8225 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8226
8227 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8228
8229 ;;;***
8230 \f
8231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8233
8234 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8235 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8236 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8237
8238 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8239
8240 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8241 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8242 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8243 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8244
8245 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8246
8247 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8248 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8249 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8250
8251 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8252
8253 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8256 Display current profiling results.
8257 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8258 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8259 displayed.
8260
8261 \(fn)" t nil)
8262
8263 ;;;***
8264 \f
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8267
8268 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8269 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8270 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8271 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8272 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8273 ARG is omitted or nil.
8274
8275 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8276 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8277 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8278 used instead.
8279
8280 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8281
8282 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8283 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8284 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8285
8286 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8287
8288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8289
8290 ;;;***
8291 \f
8292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8294
8295 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8296 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8297 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8298
8299 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8300
8301 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8302
8303 ;;;***
8304 \f
8305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
8306 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8307
8308 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8309 Run Emerge on two files.
8310
8311 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8312
8313 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8314 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8315
8316 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8317
8318 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8319 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8320
8321 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8322
8323 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8324 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8325
8326 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8327
8328 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8329
8330
8331 \(fn)" nil nil)
8332
8333 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8334
8335
8336 \(fn)" nil nil)
8337
8338 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8339
8340
8341 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8342
8343 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8344
8345
8346 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8347
8348 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8349 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8350
8351 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8352
8353 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8354 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8355
8356 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8357
8358 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8359
8360
8361 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8362
8363 ;;;***
8364 \f
8365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8367
8368 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8369 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8370 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8371 text/enriched format.
8372
8373 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8374 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8375 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8376
8377 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8378
8379 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8380 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8381
8382 Commands:
8383
8384 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8385
8386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8389
8390
8391 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8392
8393 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8394
8395
8396 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8397
8398 ;;;***
8399 \f
8400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
8401 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8402
8403 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8404 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8405
8406 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8407
8408 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8409 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8410
8411 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8414 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8415 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8416 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8417 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8418 the keys are listed.
8419 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8420
8421 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8422
8423 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8424 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8425 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8426
8427 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8430 Verify FILE.
8431
8432 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8433
8434 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8435 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8436
8437 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8438
8439 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8440 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8441
8442 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8443
8444 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8445 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8446
8447 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8448 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8449 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8450 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8451
8452 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8453 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8454 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8455 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8456 should consider using the string based counterpart
8457 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8458 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8459
8460 For example:
8461
8462 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8463 (decode-coding-string
8464 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8465 \\='utf-8))
8466
8467 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8468
8469 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8470 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8471
8472 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8473 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8474
8475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8476
8477 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8478
8479 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8480 Verify the current region between START and END.
8481
8482 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8483 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8484 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8485 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8486 should consider using the string based counterpart
8487 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8488 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8489
8490 For example:
8491
8492 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8493 (decode-coding-string
8494 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8495 \\='utf-8))
8496
8497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8498
8499 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8502 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8503 between START and END.
8504
8505 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8506 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8507
8508 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8509
8510 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8511
8512 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8513 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8514
8515 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8516 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8517 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8518 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8519 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8520 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8521
8522 For example:
8523
8524 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8525 (epg-sign-string
8526 context
8527 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8528
8529 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8530
8531 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8532
8533 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8534 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8535
8536 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8537 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8538 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8539 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8540 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8541 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8542
8543 For example:
8544
8545 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8546 (epg-encrypt-string
8547 context
8548 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8549 nil))
8550
8551 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8552
8553 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8556 Delete selected KEYS.
8557
8558 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8559
8560 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8561 Import keys from FILE.
8562
8563 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8564
8565 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8566 Import keys from the region.
8567
8568 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8569
8570 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8571 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8572 between START and END.
8573
8574 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8577 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8578
8579 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8580
8581 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8582 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8583
8584 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8585
8586 ;;;***
8587 \f
8588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
8589 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8590
8591 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8592 Decrypt marked files.
8593
8594 \(fn)" t nil)
8595
8596 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8597 Verify marked files.
8598
8599 \(fn)" t nil)
8600
8601 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8602 Sign marked files.
8603
8604 \(fn)" t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8607 Encrypt marked files.
8608
8609 \(fn)" t nil)
8610
8611 ;;;***
8612 \f
8613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
8614 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8615
8616 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8617
8618
8619 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8620
8621 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8622
8623
8624 \(fn)" t nil)
8625
8626 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8627
8628
8629 \(fn)" t nil)
8630
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8637 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8639 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8640 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8641
8642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8645 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8646 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8647
8648 \(fn)" t nil)
8649
8650 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8651
8652 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8653 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8654 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8655
8656 \(fn)" t nil)
8657
8658 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8659
8660 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8661 Sign the current buffer.
8662 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8663
8664 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8665
8666 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8669 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8670 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8671 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8672 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8673 and also whether and how to sign.
8674
8675 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8676 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8677 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8678
8679 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8680
8681 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8682
8683 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8684 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8685 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8686
8687 \(fn)" t nil)
8688
8689 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8690
8691 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8692 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8693 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8694 for a description of this minor mode.
8695 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8696 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8697 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8698
8699 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8700
8701 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8702 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8704 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8705 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8706
8707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8708
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8713 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8714
8715 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8716 Return a context object.
8717
8718 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8719
8720 ;;;***
8721 \f
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8724
8725 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8726 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8727 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8728 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8729
8730 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8731 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8732 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8733 entry until the version requirement is met.
8734
8735 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8736
8737 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8738 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8739
8740 \(fn)" nil nil)
8741
8742 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8743
8744 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8745 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8746
8747 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8748
8749 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8750 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8751
8752 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8753
8754 ;;;***
8755 \f
8756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
8757 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8758 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8759
8760 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8761 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8762
8763 \(fn)" nil nil)
8764
8765 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8766 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8767 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8768
8769 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8770
8771 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8772 (server (erc-compute-server))
8773 (port (erc-compute-port))
8774 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8775 password
8776 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8777
8778 That is, if called with
8779
8780 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8781
8782 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8783 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8784 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8785
8786 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8787
8788 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8789
8790 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8791 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8792 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8793
8794 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8797 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8798 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8799 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8800
8801 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8802
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
8806 ;;;;;; 0))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8808 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8809
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8814 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8815
8816 ;;;***
8817 \f
8818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8820 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8821
8822 ;;;***
8823 \f
8824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
8825 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8826 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8827
8828 ;;;***
8829 \f
8830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8832 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8833
8834 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8835 Parser for /dcc command.
8836 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8837 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8838 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8839
8840 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8841
8842 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8843 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8844
8845 \(fn)" nil nil)
8846
8847 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8848 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8849
8850 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8851 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8852 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8853 that subcommand.
8854
8855 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8856
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8860 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8862 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8863
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
8867 ;;;;;; 0))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8869
8870 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8871 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8872
8873 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8874
8875 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8876 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8877 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8878 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8879
8880 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8881
8882 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8883
8884
8885 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8886
8887 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8888 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8889
8890 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8891
8892 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8893 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8894
8895 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8896
8897 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8898 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8899
8900 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8901
8902 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8903 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8904
8905 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8906
8907 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8908 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8909
8910 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8913 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8914
8915 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8916
8917 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8918 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8919
8920 \(fn)" nil nil)
8921
8922 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8923 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8924
8925 \(fn)" nil nil)
8926
8927 ;;;***
8928 \f
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8931 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8932
8933 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8934 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8935 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8936
8937 \(fn)" nil nil)
8938
8939 ;;;***
8940 \f
8941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8943 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8944
8945 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8946 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8947 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8948 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8949 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8950 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8951 system.
8952
8953 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8956
8957
8958 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8959
8960 ;;;***
8961 \f
8962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8964
8965 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8966
8967
8968 \(fn)" nil nil)
8969
8970 ;;;***
8971 \f
8972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
8973 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8974 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8975
8976 ;;;***
8977 \f
8978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8980 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8981
8982 ;;;***
8983 \f
8984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8986 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8987
8988 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8989 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8990 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8991 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8992 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8993 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8994
8995 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8996
8997 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8998 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8999 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9000 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9001
9002 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9003 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9004 automatically.
9005
9006 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9007 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9008
9009 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9010
9011 ;;;***
9012 \f
9013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9016
9017 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9018 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9019
9020 \(fn)" t nil)
9021
9022 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9023 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9024
9025 \(fn)" t nil)
9026
9027 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9028 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9029
9030 \(fn)" t nil)
9031
9032 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9033 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9034
9035 \(fn)" t nil)
9036
9037 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9038 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9039
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9041
9042 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9043 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9044
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9046
9047 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9048 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9049
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9053 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9054
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9062
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
9066 ;;;;;; 0))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9068 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9071 Show who's gone.
9072
9073 \(fn)" nil nil)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
9078 ;;;;;; 0))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9080
9081 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9082 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9083 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9084 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9085
9086 \(fn)" nil nil)
9087
9088 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9089 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9090
9091 \(fn)" t nil)
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9098
9099 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9100 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9101 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9102 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9103
9104 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9105
9106 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9107
9108
9109 \(fn)" nil nil)
9110
9111 ;;;***
9112 \f
9113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9115 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9116
9117 ;;;***
9118 \f
9119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
9120 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9122 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9123
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9128 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9129
9130 ;;;***
9131 \f
9132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
9133 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9134 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9135
9136 ;;;***
9137 \f
9138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
9139 ;;;;;; 0))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9141 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9142
9143 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9144 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9145
9146 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9147
9148 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9149 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9150 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9151
9152 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9153
9154 ;;;***
9155 \f
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9159
9160 ;;;***
9161 \f
9162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
9163 ;;;;;; 0))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9165
9166 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9167 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9168 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9169
9170 \(fn)" t nil)
9171
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
9175 ;;;;;; 0))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9184
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9189
9190 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9191 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9192 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9193 for a description of this minor mode.")
9194
9195 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9198 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9200 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9201 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9202
9203 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9204 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9205 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9206 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9207
9208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9209 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9210
9211 ;;;***
9212 \f
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
9214 ;;;;;; 0))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9217
9218 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9219 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9220 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9221 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9222
9223 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9224
9225 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9226 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9227 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9228
9229 \(fn)" t nil)
9230
9231 ;;;***
9232 \f
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9236
9237 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9238 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9239
9240 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9241
9242 ;;;***
9243 \f
9244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
9245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9246
9247 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9248 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9249
9250 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9251 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9252
9253 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9254 useful for assertions in BODY.
9255
9256 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9257
9258 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9259 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9260 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9261
9262 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9263
9264 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9265
9266 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9267
9268 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9269
9270 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9271
9272 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9273 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9274
9275 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9276 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9277 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9278 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9279
9280 Returns the stats object.
9281
9282 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9283
9284 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9285 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9286
9287 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9288 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9289 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9290 the tests).
9291
9292 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9293
9294 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9295 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9296
9297 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9298 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9299 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9300 and how to display message.
9301
9302 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9303
9304 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9305
9306 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9307 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9308
9309 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9310
9311 ;;;***
9312 \f
9313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9315
9316 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9317
9318 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9319 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9320
9321 \(fn)" t nil)
9322
9323 ;;;***
9324 \f
9325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9327
9328 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9329 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9330
9331 \(fn)" t nil)
9332
9333 ;;;***
9334 \f
9335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9337 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9338
9339 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9340 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9341 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9342 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9343 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9344 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9345 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9346 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9347 buffer selected (or created).
9348
9349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9350
9351 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9352 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9353 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9354
9355 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9356
9357 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9358 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9359 The result might be any Lisp object.
9360 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9361 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9362 corresponding to a successful execution.
9363
9364 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9365
9366 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9367
9368 ;;;***
9369 \f
9370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9372
9373 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9374 File name of tags table.
9375 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9376 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9377 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9378 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9379 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9380
9381 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9382 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9383 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9384 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9385
9386 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9387
9388 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9389 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9390 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9391 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9392 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9393 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9394
9395 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9396
9397 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9398 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9399 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9400
9401 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9402
9403 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9404 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9405 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9406 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9407 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9408
9409 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9410
9411 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9412 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9413 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9414 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9415
9416 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9417
9418 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9419 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9420 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9421 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9422 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9423
9424 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9425
9426 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9427 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9428
9429 \(fn)" t nil)
9430
9431 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9432 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9433 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9434 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9435
9436 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9437 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9438 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9439 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9440 file the tag was in.
9441
9442 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9443
9444 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9445 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9446 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9447 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9448 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9449 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9450 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9451 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9452 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9453
9454 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9455
9456 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9457 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9458 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9459 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9460 without directory names.
9461
9462 \(fn)" nil nil)
9463
9464 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9465
9466
9467 \(fn)" nil nil)
9468 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9469 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9470 (progn
9471 (load "etags")
9472 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9473
9474 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9475 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9476 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9477 but does not select the buffer.
9478 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9479
9480 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9481 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9482 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9483 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9484 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9485
9486 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9487
9488 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9489 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9490 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9491
9492 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9493
9494 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9495
9496 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9497 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9498 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9499 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9500
9501 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9502 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9503 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9504 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9505 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9506
9507 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9508
9509 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9510 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9511 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9512
9513 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9514
9515 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9516
9517 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9518
9519 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9520 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9521 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9522 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9523 around or before point.
9524
9525 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9526 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9527 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9528 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9529 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9530
9531 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9532
9533 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9534 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9535 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9536
9537 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9538
9539 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9540
9541 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9542
9543 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9544 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9545 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9546 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9547 around or before point.
9548
9549 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9550 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9551 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9552 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9553 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9554
9555 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9556
9557 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9558 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9559 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9560
9561 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9562
9563 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9564
9565 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9566
9567 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9568 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9569 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9570
9571 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9572 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9573 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9574 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9575 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9576
9577 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9578
9579 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9580 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9581 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9582
9583 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9584
9585 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9586
9587 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9588
9589 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9590
9591 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9592 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9593
9594 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9595 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9596 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9597
9598 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9599 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9600
9601 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9602 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9603
9604 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9605
9606 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9607 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9608 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9609 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9610
9611 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9612 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9613 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9614 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9615 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9616
9617 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9618
9619 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9620 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9621 Stops when a match is found.
9622 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9623
9624 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9625 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9626 restricted to these files.
9627
9628 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9629
9630 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9631
9632 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9633 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9634 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9635 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9636 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9637 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9638 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9639 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9640
9641 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9642 produce the list of files to search.
9643
9644 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9645
9646 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9647
9648 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9649 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9650 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9651 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9652 directory specification.
9653
9654 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9655
9656 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9657 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9658
9659 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9660
9661 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9662
9663 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9664 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9665 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9666 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9667
9668 \(fn)" t nil)
9669
9670 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9671 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9672 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9673 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9674 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9675
9676 \(fn)" t nil)
9677
9678 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9679
9680
9681 \(fn)" nil nil)
9682
9683 ;;;***
9684 \f
9685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
9686 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9688
9689 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9690
9691
9692 \(fn)" nil nil)
9693
9694 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9695 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9696
9697 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9698 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9699
9700 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9701 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9702 primary language.
9703
9704 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9705 even if the buffer is read-only.
9706
9707 See also the descriptions of the variables
9708 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9709
9710 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9711
9712 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9713 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9714
9715 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9716 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9717
9718 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9719 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9720 primary language.
9721
9722 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9723 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9724
9725 See also the descriptions of the variables
9726 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9727
9728 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9729
9730 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9731 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9732 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9733 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9734
9735 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9736
9737 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9738 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9739 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9740 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9741
9742 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9743 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9744 primary language.
9745
9746 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9747 buffer is read-only.
9748
9749 See also the descriptions of the variables
9750 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9751 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9752
9753 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9756 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9757
9758 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9759 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9760
9761 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9762 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9763 the primary language.
9764
9765 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9766 buffer is read-only.
9767
9768 See also the descriptions of the variables
9769 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9770 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9771
9772 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9773
9774 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9775 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9776 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9777
9778 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9779
9780 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9781 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9782
9783 \(fn)" t nil)
9784
9785 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9786 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9787
9788 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9789 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9790 be 1, 2, or 3.
9791
9792 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9793 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9794 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9795
9796 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9797
9798 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9799
9800 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9801 This function is deprecated.
9802
9803 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9804
9805 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9806 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9807
9808 \(fn)" t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9811 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9812
9813 \(fn)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9816 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9817
9818 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9819 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9820
9821 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9822 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9823
9824 \(fn)" nil nil)
9825
9826 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9827 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9828
9829 \(fn)" nil nil)
9830
9831 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9832 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9833
9834 \(fn)" nil nil)
9835
9836 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9837 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9838
9839 \(fn)" nil nil)
9840
9841 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9842 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9843 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9844
9845 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9848
9849
9850 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9851
9852 ;;;***
9853 \f
9854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9855 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9856
9857 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9858 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9859 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9860 server for future sessions.
9861
9862 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9865 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9866 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9867
9868 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9869
9870 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9871 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9872 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9873
9874 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9875
9876 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9877 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9878 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9879 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9880 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9881 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9882 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9883 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9884 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9885 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9886 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9887 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9888
9889 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9890
9891 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9892 Display a form to query the directory server.
9893 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9894 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9895
9896 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9897
9898 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9899 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9900 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9901
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9903
9904 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9905
9906 ;;;***
9907 \f
9908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9912 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9913
9914 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9915
9916 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9917 Display URL and make it clickable.
9918
9919 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9920
9921 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9922 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9923
9924 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9927 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9928
9929 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9930
9931 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9932 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9933
9934 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9935
9936 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9937 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9938
9939 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9940
9941 ;;;***
9942 \f
9943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
9944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9945
9946 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9947 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9948 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9949
9950 \(fn)" t nil)
9951
9952 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9953 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9954
9955 \(fn)" t nil)
9956
9957 ;;;***
9958 \f
9959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
9960 ;;;;;; 0))
9961 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9962
9963 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9964 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9965
9966 \(fn)" t nil)
9967
9968 ;;;***
9969 \f
9970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9972
9973 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9974 Create an empty ewoc.
9975
9976 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9977
9978 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9979 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9980 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9981 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9982 `insert-before-markers'.
9983
9984 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9985 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9986 respectively, of the ewoc.
9987
9988 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9989 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9990 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9991
9992 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9993
9994 ;;;***
9995 \f
9996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
9997 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9998
9999 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10000 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10001 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10002 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10003 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10004
10005 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10006
10007 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10008 Fetch URL and render the page.
10009 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10010 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10011
10012 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10013 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10014
10015 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10016 Render FILE using EWW.
10017
10018 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10019
10020 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10021 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10022 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10023
10024 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10025
10026 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10027 Mode for browsing the web.
10028
10029 \(fn)" t nil)
10030
10031 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10032
10033
10034 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10035
10036 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10037 Display the bookmarks.
10038
10039 \(fn)" t nil)
10040
10041 ;;;***
10042 \f
10043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
10044 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10046
10047 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10048 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10049 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10050
10051 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10052
10053 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10054 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10055 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10056 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10057 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10058
10059 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10060
10061 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10062 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10063 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10064 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10065 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10066 executable.
10067
10068 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10069
10070 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10071 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10072 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10073 file modes.
10074
10075 \(fn)" nil nil)
10076
10077 ;;;***
10078 \f
10079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
10080 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10081
10082 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10083 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10084 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10085 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10086
10087 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10088
10089 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10090 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10091 to generate such functions.
10092
10093 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10094 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10095 beginning of the expanded text.
10096
10097 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10098 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10099 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10100 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10101
10102 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10103
10104 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10105
10106 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10107 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10108 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10109
10110 \(fn)" nil nil)
10111
10112 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10113 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10114 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10115
10116 \(fn)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10119 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10120 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10121
10122 \(fn)" t nil)
10123 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10124 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10125
10126 ;;;***
10127 \f
10128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
10129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10130
10131 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10132 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10133 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10134
10135 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10136 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10137 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10138
10139 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10140
10141 Key definitions:
10142 \\{f90-mode-map}
10143
10144 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10145
10146 `f90-do-indent'
10147 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10148 `f90-if-indent'
10149 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10150 `f90-type-indent'
10151 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10152 `f90-program-indent'
10153 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10154 (default 2).
10155 `f90-associate-indent'
10156 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10157 `f90-critical-indent'
10158 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10159 `f90-continuation-indent'
10160 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10161 `f90-comment-region'
10162 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10163 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10164 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10165 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10166 (default \"!\").
10167 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10168 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10169 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10170 `f90-break-delimiters'
10171 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10172 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10173 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10174 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10175 (default t).
10176 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10177 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10178 `f90-smart-end'
10179 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10180 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10181 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10182 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10183 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10184 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10185 `f90-leave-line-no'
10186 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10187
10188 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10189 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10190
10191 \(fn)" t nil)
10192
10193 ;;;***
10194 \f
10195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
10196 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10197
10198 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10199 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10200 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10201 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10202
10203 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10204 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10205 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10206 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10207 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10208
10209 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10210 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10211 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10212 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10213 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10214 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10215 attributes.
10216
10217 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10218 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10219
10220 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10221
10222 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10223 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10224 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10225 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10226
10227 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10228
10229 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10230 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10231 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10232 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10233
10234 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10235 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10236 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10237
10238 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10239 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10240 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10241 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10242
10243 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10244
10245 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10246 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10247 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10248
10249 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10250 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10251 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10252 the same amount).
10253
10254 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10255
10256 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10257 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10258 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10259
10260 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10261 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10262 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10263 will remove any scaling currently active.
10264
10265 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10266
10267 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10268 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10269 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10270
10271 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10272 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10273 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10274 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10275 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10276
10277 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10278 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10279
10280 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10281
10282 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10283 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10284
10285 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10286 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10287 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10288
10289 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10290 the face height as long as the input event read
10291 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10292
10293 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10294 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10295 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10296 will remove any scaling currently active.
10297
10298 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10299 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10300 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10301 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10302 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10303
10304 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10305
10306 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10307 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10309 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10310 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10311 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10312
10313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10314
10315 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10316 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10317 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10318 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10319 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10320 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10321 `buffer-face-mode'.
10322
10323 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10324 local, and sets it to FACE.
10325
10326 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10327
10328 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10329 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10330 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10331 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10332 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10333 `face' text property.
10334
10335 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10336 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10337 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10338 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10339
10340 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10341 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10342
10343 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10344
10345 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10346 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10347 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10348 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10349
10350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10351
10352 ;;;***
10353 \f
10354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10356 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10357
10358 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10359 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10360 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10361 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10362
10363 \(fn)" nil nil)
10364
10365 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10366 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10367
10368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10371 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10372 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10373 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10374
10375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10378 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10379 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10380 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10381 backup file names and the like).
10382
10383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10386 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10387 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10388 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10389 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10390 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10391 internally by feedmail):
10392
10393 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10394 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10395 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10396 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10397
10398 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10399 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10400 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10401 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10402 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10403
10404 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10405
10406 ;;;***
10407 \f
10408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
10409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10410
10411 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10412 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10413 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10414 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10415 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10416 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10417 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10418
10419 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10420
10421 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10422 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10423 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10424 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10425 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10426 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10427 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10428
10429 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10430
10431 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10432
10433 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10434 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10435 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10436 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10437 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10438 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10439
10440 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10441
10442 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10443 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10444 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10445 Return value:
10446 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10447 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10448 * otherwise, nil
10449
10450 \(fn E)" t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10453 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10454 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10455
10456 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10459 Try to get a file name at point.
10460 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10461
10462 \(fn)" nil nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10465 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10466
10467 \(fn)" t nil)
10468
10469 ;;;***
10470 \f
10471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
10472 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10473
10474 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10475 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10476 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10477 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10478
10479 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10480
10481 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10482 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10483 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10484 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10485 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10486 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10487
10488 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10491 Add FILE to the file cache.
10492
10493 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10496 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10497 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10498
10499 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10500
10501 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10502 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10503 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10504
10505 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10508 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10509 This function does not use any external programs.
10510 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10511 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10512 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10513
10514 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10517 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10518 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10519 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10520 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10521 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10522 \(directories) is done.
10523
10524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10525
10526 ;;;***
10527 \f
10528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10530
10531 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10532 Handle file system monitoring event.
10533 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10534
10535 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10536
10537 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10538
10539 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10540
10541 ;;;***
10542 \f
10543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10544 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10545
10546 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10547 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10548
10549 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10550 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10551 Local Variables list.
10552
10553 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10554 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10555 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10556
10557 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10558
10559 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10560 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10561
10562 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10563
10564 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10565 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10566
10567 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10568 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10569 the -*- line.
10570
10571 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10572 then this function adds it.
10573
10574 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10575
10576 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10577 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10578
10579 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10580
10581 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10582 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10583
10584 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10585
10586 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10587 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10588
10589 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10590
10591 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10592 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10593
10594 \(fn)" t nil)
10595
10596 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10597 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10598
10599 \(fn)" t nil)
10600
10601 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10602 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10603
10604 \(fn)" t nil)
10605
10606 ;;;***
10607 \f
10608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
10609 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10610
10611 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10612 Filesets initialization.
10613 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10614
10615 \(fn)" nil nil)
10616
10617 ;;;***
10618 \f
10619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10621 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10622
10623 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10624 Initiate the building of a find command.
10625 For example:
10626
10627 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10628 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10629 (mtime \"+1\"))
10630 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10631
10632 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10633 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10634
10635 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10636
10637 ;;;***
10638 \f
10639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10641
10642 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10643 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10644 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10645
10646 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10647
10648 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10649 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10650
10651 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10652
10653 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10654 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10655 and run Dired on those files.
10656 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10657 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10658
10659 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10660
10661 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10662
10663 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10664
10665 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10666 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10667 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10668
10669 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10670 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10671
10672 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10673 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10674
10675 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10676
10677 ;;;***
10678 \f
10679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10681
10682 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10683 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10684 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10685 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10686 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10687 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10688 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10689
10690 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10691
10692 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10693 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10694 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10695
10696 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10697
10698 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10699
10700 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10701
10702 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10703 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10704 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10705
10706 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10707 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10708
10709 Variables of interest include:
10710
10711 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10712 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10713 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10714
10715 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10716 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10717 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10718
10719 - `ff-ignore-include'
10720 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10721
10722 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10723 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10724
10725 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10726 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10727
10728 - `ff-special-constructs'
10729 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10730 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10731 extracting the filename from that construct.
10732
10733 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10734 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10735
10736 - `ff-search-directories'
10737 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10738 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10739
10740 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10741 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10742
10743 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10744 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10745
10746 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10747 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10748
10749 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10750 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10751
10752 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10753 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10754
10755 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10756
10757 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10758 Visit the file you click on.
10759
10760 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10761
10762 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10763 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10764
10765 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10766
10767 ;;;***
10768 \f
10769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
10770 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10772
10773 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10774 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10775 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
10776 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
10777 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
10778 buffer.
10779
10780 \(fn LIBRARY &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10781
10782 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10783 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10784 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10785 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10786
10787 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10788 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10789 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10790 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10791
10792 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10793
10794 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10795 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10796
10797 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10798 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10799 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10800 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10801
10802 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10803 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10804 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10805
10806 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10807 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10808 in `load-path'.
10809
10810 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10811
10812 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10813 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10814
10815 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10816 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10817 places point before the definition.
10818 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10819
10820 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10821 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10822 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10823
10824 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10827 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10828
10829 See `find-function' for more details.
10830
10831 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10834 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10835
10836 See `find-function' for more details.
10837
10838 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10841 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10842
10843 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10844 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10845 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10846
10847 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10848 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10849
10850 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10853 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10854
10855 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10856 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10857 places point before the definition.
10858
10859 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10860
10861 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10862 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10863 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10864
10865 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10866
10867 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10868 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10869
10870 See `find-variable' for more details.
10871
10872 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10875 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10876
10877 See `find-variable' for more details.
10878
10879 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10882 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10883 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10884 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10885 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10886 buffer nor display it.
10887
10888 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10889 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10890
10891 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10894 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10895
10896 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10897 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10898 places point before the definition.
10899
10900 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10901
10902 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10903 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10904 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10905
10906 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10907
10908 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10909 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10910 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10911
10912 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10913
10914 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10915 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10916 See `find-function-on-key'.
10917
10918 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10919
10920 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10921 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10922 See `find-function-on-key'.
10923
10924 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10927 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10928
10929 \(fn)" t nil)
10930
10931 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10932 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10933
10934 \(fn)" t nil)
10935
10936 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10937 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10938
10939 \(fn)" nil nil)
10940
10941 ;;;***
10942 \f
10943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10945
10946 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10947 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10948
10949 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10950
10951 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10952 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10953
10954 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10955
10956 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10957 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10958
10959 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10960
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10965 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10966
10967 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10968 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10969
10970 \(fn)" t nil)
10971
10972 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10973 Display FILE's commentary section.
10974 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10975
10976 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10977
10978 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10979 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10980
10981 \(fn)" t nil)
10982
10983 ;;;***
10984 \f
10985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
10986 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10987
10988 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10989 Toggle flow control handling.
10990 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10991 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10992
10993 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10994
10995 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10996 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10997 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10998 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10999 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11000 to get the effect of a C-q.
11001
11002 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11003
11004 ;;;***
11005 \f
11006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
11007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
11008
11009 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11010
11011
11012 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11013
11014 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11015
11016
11017 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11018
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11023 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11024
11025 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11026 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11028 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11029 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11030 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11031
11032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11033
11034 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11035 Turn flymake mode on.
11036
11037 \(fn)" nil nil)
11038
11039 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11040 Turn flymake mode off.
11041
11042 \(fn)" nil nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11045
11046
11047 \(fn)" nil nil)
11048
11049 ;;;***
11050 \f
11051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11053
11054 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11055 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11056
11057 \(fn)" t nil)
11058 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11059
11060 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11061 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11062 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11063 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11064 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11065
11066 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11067 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11068 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11069
11070 Bindings:
11071 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11072 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11073 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11074 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11075
11076 Hooks:
11077 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11078
11079 Remark:
11080 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11081 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11082 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11083
11084 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11085 consider adding:
11086 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11087 in your init file.
11088
11089 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11090 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11091
11092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11093
11094 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11095 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11096
11097 \(fn)" nil nil)
11098
11099 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11100 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11101
11102 \(fn)" nil nil)
11103
11104 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11105 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11106
11107 \(fn)" nil nil)
11108
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11110 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11111
11112 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11113
11114 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11115 Flyspell whole buffer.
11116
11117 \(fn)" t nil)
11118
11119 ;;;***
11120 \f
11121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
11122 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11123 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11124
11125 ;;;***
11126 \f
11127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
11128 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11129
11130 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11131 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11132
11133 \(fn)" nil nil)
11134
11135 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11136 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11137
11138 \(fn)" nil nil)
11139
11140 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11141 Toggle Follow mode.
11142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11145
11146 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11147 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11148
11149 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11150 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11151 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11152
11153 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11154 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11155 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11156 movement commands.
11157
11158 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11159 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11160 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11161 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11162 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11163 mileage may vary).
11164
11165 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11166 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11167
11168 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11169
11170 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11171
11172 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11173 \\{follow-mode-map}
11174
11175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11176
11177 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11178 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11179
11180 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11181 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11182
11183 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11184 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11185
11186 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11187
11188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11189
11190 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11191 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11192
11193 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11194 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11195
11196 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11197 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11198
11199 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11200
11201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11202
11203 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11204 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11205
11206 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11207 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11208 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11209 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11210 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11211 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11212
11213 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11214 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11215 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11216
11217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11218
11219 ;;;***
11220 \f
11221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
11222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11223 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11224
11225 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11226 Toggle Footnote mode.
11227 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11228 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11229 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11230
11231 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11232 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11233 play around with the following keys:
11234 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11235
11236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11237
11238 ;;;***
11239 \f
11240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11242
11243 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11244 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11245
11246 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11247 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11248 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11249 C-c < forms-first-record <
11250 C-c > forms-last-record >
11251 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11252 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11253 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11254 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11255 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11256 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11257 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11258 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11259 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11260 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11261
11262 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11263
11264 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11265 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11266
11267 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11268
11269 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11270 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11271
11272 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11273
11274 ;;;***
11275 \f
11276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
11277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11278
11279 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11280 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11281 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11282
11283 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11284 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11285
11286 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11287
11288 Key definitions:
11289 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11290
11291 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11292
11293 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11294 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11295 `fortran-do-indent'
11296 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11297 `fortran-if-indent'
11298 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11299 `fortran-structure-indent'
11300 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11301 (default 3)
11302 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11303 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11304 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11305 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11306 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11307 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11308 nil don't change the indentation
11309 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11310 value of either
11311 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11312 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11313 depending on the continuation format in use.
11314 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11315 indentation for a line of code.
11316 (default `fixed')
11317 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11318 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11319 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11320 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11321 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11322 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11323 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11324 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11325 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11326 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11327 column 5.
11328 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11329 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11330 statements (default nil).
11331 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11332 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11333 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11334 `fortran-continuation-string'
11335 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11336 line (default \"$\").
11337 `fortran-comment-region'
11338 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11339 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11340 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11341 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11342 as typed (default t).
11343 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11344 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11345
11346 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11347 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11348
11349 \(fn)" t nil)
11350
11351 ;;;***
11352 \f
11353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
11354 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11355
11356 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11357 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11358
11359 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11360 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11361
11362 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11363
11364 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11365 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11366
11367 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11368 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11369
11370 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11371
11372 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11373 Compile fortune file.
11374
11375 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11376 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11377
11378 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11379
11380 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11381 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11382
11383 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11384 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11385 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11386 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11387
11388 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload 'fortune-message "fortune" "\
11391 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
11392 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
11393 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
11394
11395 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11396
11397 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11398 Display a fortune cookie.
11399 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11400 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11401 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11402 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11403
11404 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11405
11406 ;;;***
11407 \f
11408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
11409 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11410
11411 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11412 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11413 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11414
11415 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11416 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11417 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11418
11419 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11420 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11421
11422 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11423 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11424
11425 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11426 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11427 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11428 intend to modify existing values, do
11429
11430 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11431
11432 before changing anything.
11433
11434 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11435 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11436
11437 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11438 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11439 to restore the frame.
11440
11441 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11442 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11443 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11444
11445 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11446 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11447 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11448 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11449 FILTER A filter function.
11450
11451 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11452 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11453
11454 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11455
11456 where
11457
11458 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11459 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11460 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11461 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11462 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11463 before restoring it.
11464 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11465
11466 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11467 It must return:
11468 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11469 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11470 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11471
11472 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11473 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11474
11475 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11476 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11477 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11478 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11479 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11480 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11481 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11482
11483 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11484
11485 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11486 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11487
11488 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11489
11490 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11491 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11492 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11493 If nil, check all live frames.
11494
11495 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11496
11497 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11498 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11499 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11500 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11501 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11502 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11503 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11504 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11505 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11506 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11507 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11508
11509 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11510
11511 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11512 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11513
11514 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11515 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11516 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11517 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11518 and window-state is not restored.
11519
11520 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11521 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11522
11523 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11524 t All existing frames can be reused.
11525 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11526 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11527 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11528 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11529
11530 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11531 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11532 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11533 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11534 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11535 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11536 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11537 be created from that parameter alist.
11538
11539 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11540 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11541 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11542 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11543 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11544 - the live frame just restored,
11545 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11546 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11547 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11548
11549 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11550 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11551 nil Keep all frames.
11552 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11553 - FRAME, a live frame.
11554 - ACTION, which can be one of
11555 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11556 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11557 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11558 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11559 Return value is ignored.
11560
11561 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11562 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11563 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11564 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11565 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11566
11567 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11568
11569 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11570
11571 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11572 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11573 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11574
11575 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11576
11577 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11578 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11579 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11580
11581 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11582
11583 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11584 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11585 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11586 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11587
11588 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11589
11590 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11591
11592 ;;;***
11593 \f
11594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
11595 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11596 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11597
11598 ;;;***
11599 \f
11600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
11601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11602
11603 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11604 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11605 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11606 for a description of this minor mode.")
11607
11608 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11609
11610 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11611 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11612 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11613 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11614 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11615 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11616 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11617
11618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11619
11620 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11621 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11622 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11623 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11624
11625 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11626 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11627 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11628 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11629 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11630
11631 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11632 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11633 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11634 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11635
11636 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11637 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11638 shown in some of the buffers.
11639
11640 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11641
11642 The following commands help control operation :
11643
11644 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11645 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11646
11647 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11648 detailed description of this mode.
11649
11650
11651 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11652 | GDB Toolbar |
11653 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11654 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11655 | | |
11656 | | |
11657 | | |
11658 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11659 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11660 | | (comint-mode) |
11661 | | |
11662 | | |
11663 | | |
11664 | | |
11665 | | |
11666 | | |
11667 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11668 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11669 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11670 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11671 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11672 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11673
11674 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11675
11676 ;;;***
11677 \f
11678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
11679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11680
11681 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11682 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11683 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11684 instead (which see).")
11685
11686 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11687 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11688
11689 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11690 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11691 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11692 documentation string instead.
11693
11694 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11695 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11696 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11697 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11698 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11699 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11700 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11701 enders are actually possible.
11702
11703 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11704 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11705
11706 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11707 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11708 `font-lock-keywords'.
11709
11710 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11711 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11712 runs the macro expansion.
11713
11714 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11715 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11716 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11717
11718 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11719
11720 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11721
11722 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11723
11724 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11725
11726 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11727 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11728
11729 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11730
11731 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11732 Enter generic mode MODE.
11733
11734 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11735 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11736 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11737
11738 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11739 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11740
11741 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11742
11743 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11744 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11745 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11746 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11747 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11748 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11749 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11750 `font-lock-keywords'.
11751
11752 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11753
11754 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11755
11756 ;;;***
11757 \f
11758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
11759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11760
11761 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11762 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11764 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11765 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11766 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11767
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11769
11770 ;;;***
11771 \f
11772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11774
11775 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11776 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11777 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11778
11779 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11780
11781 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11782 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11783
11784 Guideline for numbers:
11785 1 - error messages
11786 3 - non-serious error messages
11787 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11788 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11789 9 - messages inside loops.
11790
11791 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11792
11793 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11794 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11795 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11796
11797 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11798
11799 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11800 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11801
11802 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11803
11804 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11805 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11806
11807 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11808 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11809 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11810 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11811 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11812 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11813
11814 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11815 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11816 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11817 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11818 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11819
11820 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11821
11822 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11823
11824 ;;;***
11825 \f
11826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
11827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11828 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11829 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11830 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11833 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11834
11835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11838 Read network news.
11839 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11840 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11841 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11842 name of an NNTP server to use.
11843 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11844 server.
11845
11846 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11847
11848 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11849 Read news as a slave.
11850
11851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11852
11853 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11854 Pop up a frame to read news.
11855 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11856 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11857 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11858 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11859 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11860 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11861 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11862 current display is used.
11863
11864 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11867 Read network news.
11868 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11869 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11870 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11871
11872 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11873
11874 ;;;***
11875 \f
11876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
11877 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11878
11879 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11880 Start Gnus unplugged.
11881
11882 \(fn)" t nil)
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Start Gnus plugged.
11886
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11888
11889 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11890 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11891
11892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11895 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11896
11897 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11898 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11899 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11900
11901 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11902 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11903 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11904
11905 \(fn)" t nil)
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11908 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11909
11910 \(fn)" nil nil)
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11914 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11915 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11916 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11917 supported.
11918
11919 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11920
11921 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11922 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11923 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11924 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11925 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11926 supported.
11927
11928 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11929
11930 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11931 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11932
11933 \(fn)" nil nil)
11934
11935 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11936 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11937 downloaded into the agent.
11938
11939 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11942 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11943 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11944 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11945
11946 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11947
11948 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11949 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11950
11951 \(fn)" t nil)
11952
11953 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11954 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11955
11956 \(fn)" t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11959 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11960 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11961
11962 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11963
11964 ;;;***
11965 \f
11966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
11967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11968
11969 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11970 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11971
11972 \(fn)" nil nil)
11973
11974 ;;;***
11975 \f
11976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
11977 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
11978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11979
11980 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11981 Set a bookmark for this article.
11982
11983 \(fn)" t nil)
11984
11985 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11986 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11987
11988 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11989
11990 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11991 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11992 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11993 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11994 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11995
11996 \(fn)" t nil)
11997
11998 ;;;***
11999 \f
12000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12002
12003 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12004 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12005
12006 Usage:
12007 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12008
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12010
12011 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12012 Generate the cache active file.
12013
12014 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12017 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12018
12019 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12022 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12023 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12024 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12025 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12026 supported.
12027
12028 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12029
12030 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12031 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12032 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12033 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12034 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12035 supported.
12036
12037 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12038
12039 ;;;***
12040 \f
12041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12043
12044 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12045 Delay this article by some time.
12046 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12047
12048 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12049 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12050
12051 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12052 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12053
12054 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12055 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12056
12057 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12058
12059 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12060 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12061
12062 \(fn)" t nil)
12063
12064 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12065 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12066 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12067 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12068
12069 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12070 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12071
12072 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12073
12074 ;;;***
12075 \f
12076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12078
12079 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12080
12081
12082 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12083
12084 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12085
12086
12087 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12088
12089 ;;;***
12090 \f
12091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12093
12094 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12095 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12096
12097 \(fn)" t nil)
12098
12099 ;;;***
12100 \f
12101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12103
12104 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12105 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12106
12107 \(fn)" t nil)
12108
12109 ;;;***
12110 \f
12111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
12112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12113
12114 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12115 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12116
12117 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12118
12119 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12120
12121 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12122 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12123
12124 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12125
12126 \(fn)" t nil)
12127
12128 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12129 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12130
12131 \(fn)" t nil)
12132
12133 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12134 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12135
12136 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12137 different input formats.
12138
12139 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12140
12141 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12142 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12143
12144 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12145 different input formats.
12146
12147 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12150 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12151 The PNG is returned as a string.
12152
12153 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12154
12155 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12156 Convert FILE to a Face.
12157 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12158 726 bytes.
12159
12160 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12161
12162 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12163 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12164
12165 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12166
12167 \(fn)" t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12170 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12171
12172 \(fn)" nil nil)
12173
12174 ;;;***
12175 \f
12176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
12177 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12179
12180 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12181 Display gravatar in the From header.
12182 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12183
12184 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12185
12186 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12187 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12188 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12189
12190 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12191
12192 ;;;***
12193 \f
12194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12196
12197 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12198 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12199 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12200 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12201
12202 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12203
12204 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12205 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12206
12207 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12208
12209 ;;;***
12210 \f
12211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
12212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12213
12214 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12215
12216
12217 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12220
12221
12222 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12223
12224 ;;;***
12225 \f
12226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12228
12229 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12230
12231 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12232 Run batched scoring.
12233 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12234
12235 \(fn)" t nil)
12236
12237 ;;;***
12238 \f
12239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
12240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12241
12242 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12243
12244
12245 \(fn)" nil nil)
12246
12247 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12248 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12249 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12250
12251 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12254 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12255
12256 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12257
12258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12259
12260 ;;;***
12261 \f
12262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12264
12265 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12266 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12267 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12268 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12269 group parameters.
12270
12271 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12272 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12273 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12274 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12275
12276 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12277 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12278 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12279 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12280 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12281 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12282 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12283 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12284 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12285 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12286
12287 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12288
12289 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12290 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12291 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12292 nil CATCH-ALL).
12293
12294 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12295 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12296
12297 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12300 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12301 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12302
12303 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12304
12305 \(fn)" nil nil)
12306
12307 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12308 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12309 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12310
12311 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12312
12313 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12314 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12315 existing groups are considered.
12316
12317 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12318 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12319 returned.
12320
12321 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12322 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12323 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12324 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12325 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12326 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12327 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12328 clauses will be generated.
12329
12330 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12331 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12332 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12333 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12334 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12335 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12336
12337 For example, given the following group parameters:
12338
12339 nnml:mail.bar:
12340 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12341 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12342 nnml:mail.foo:
12343 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12344 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12345 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12346 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12347 nnml:mail.others:
12348 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12349
12350 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12351
12352 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12353 \"mail.bar\")
12354 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12355 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12356 \"mail.others\")
12357
12358 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12359
12360 ;;;***
12361 \f
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12367 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12368 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12369 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12370 instead.
12371
12372 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12373
12374 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12375 Mail to ADDRESS.
12376
12377 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12378
12379 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12380 Like `message-reply'.
12381
12382 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12383
12384 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12385
12386 ;;;***
12387 \f
12388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12389 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
12390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12391
12392 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12393 Send a notification on new message.
12394 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12395 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12396 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12397
12398 This is typically a function to add in
12399 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12400
12401 \(fn)" nil nil)
12402
12403 ;;;***
12404 \f
12405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
12406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12407
12408 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12409 Display picons in the From header.
12410 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12411
12412 \(fn)" t nil)
12413
12414 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12415 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12416 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12417
12418 \(fn)" t nil)
12419
12420 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12421 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12422 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12423
12424 \(fn)" t nil)
12425
12426 ;;;***
12427 \f
12428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
12429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12430
12431 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12432 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12433 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12434 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12435
12436 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12437
12438 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12439 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12440 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12441 LIST1 is modified.
12442
12443 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12444
12445 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12446 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12447 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12448
12449 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12450
12451 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12452
12453
12454 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12455
12456 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12457 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12458 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12459
12460 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12461
12462 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12463 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12464 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12465
12466 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12467
12468 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12469
12470 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12471 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12472 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12473
12474 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12475
12476 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12477 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12478 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12479
12480 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12481
12482 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12483 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12484 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12485
12486 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12487
12488 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12489 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12490
12491 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12492
12493 ;;;***
12494 \f
12495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
12496 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
12497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12498
12499 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12500 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12501
12502 \(fn)" t nil)
12503
12504 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12505 Install the registry hooks.
12506
12507 \(fn)" t nil)
12508
12509 ;;;***
12510 \f
12511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
12512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12513
12514 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12515 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12516 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12517 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12518 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12519 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12520
12521 \(fn)" t nil)
12522
12523 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12524 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12525 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12526 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12527 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12528
12529 \(fn)" t nil)
12530
12531 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12532
12533
12534 \(fn)" t nil)
12535
12536 ;;;***
12537 \f
12538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12540
12541 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12542 Update the format specification near point.
12543
12544 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12545
12546 ;;;***
12547 \f
12548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12550
12551 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12552 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12553
12554 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12555
12556 ;;;***
12557 \f
12558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
12559 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12560
12561 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12562 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12563 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12564
12565 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12566
12567 ;;;***
12568 \f
12569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (0 0 0 0))
12570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12571
12572 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12573 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12574
12575 \(fn)" t nil)
12576
12577 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12578 Install the sync hooks.
12579
12580 \(fn)" t nil)
12581
12582 ;;;***
12583 \f
12584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12586
12587 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12588 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12589
12590 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12591
12592 ;;;***
12593 \f
12594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12596
12597 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12598 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12599 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12600 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12601 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12602 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12603
12604 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12605
12606 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12607
12608 ;;;***
12609 \f
12610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
12611 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12612
12613 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12614 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12615
12616 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12617 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12618 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12619
12620 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12621 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12622 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12623
12624 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12625 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12626
12627 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12628 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12629
12630 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12631
12632 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12633
12634 ;;;***
12635 \f
12636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
12637 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12638
12639 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12640
12641 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12642 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12643 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12644 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12645 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12646
12647 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12648
12649 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12650 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12651 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12652 or to send e-mail.
12653 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12654 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12655
12656 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12657 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12658
12659 \(fn)" t nil)
12660 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12661
12662 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12663 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12665 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12666 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12667
12668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12669
12670 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12671 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12672
12673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12674
12675 ;;;***
12676 \f
12677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
12678 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
12679
12680 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12681 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12682 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12683
12684 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12685
12686 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12687 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12688
12689 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12690
12691 ;;;***
12692 \f
12693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
12694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12695
12696 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12697 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12698
12699 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12700
12701 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12702 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12703 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12704 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12705 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12706
12707 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12708 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12709 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12710
12711 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12712
12713 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12714 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12715 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12716 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12717 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12718
12719 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12720
12721 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12722 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12723
12724 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12725
12726 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12727 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12728
12729 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12730 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12731 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12732
12733 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12734 The default find program.
12735 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12736 and others.")
12737
12738 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12739 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12740 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12741 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12742
12743 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12744 How to invoke find and grep.
12745 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12746 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12747 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12748 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12749
12750 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12751
12752 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12753 History list for grep.")
12754
12755 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12756 History list for grep-find.")
12757
12758 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12759 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12760 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12761
12762 \(fn)" nil nil)
12763
12764 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12765
12766
12767 \(fn)" nil nil)
12768
12769 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12770 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12771
12772 \(fn)" nil nil)
12773
12774 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12775 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12776 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12777 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12778 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12779
12780 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12781 arguments.
12782
12783 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12784 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12785
12786 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12787 can easily repeat a grep command.
12788
12789 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12790 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12791 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12792 list is empty).
12793
12794 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12795
12796 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12797 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12798 Collect output in a buffer.
12799 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12800 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12801
12802 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12803 easily repeat a find command.
12804
12805 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12806
12807 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12808
12809 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12810 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12811 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12812 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12813 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12814
12815 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12816 before it is executed.
12817 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12818
12819 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12820 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12821 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12822
12823 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12824
12825 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12828 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12829 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12830 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12831 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12832
12833 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12834 before it is executed.
12835 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12836
12837 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12838 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12839 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12840 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12841
12842 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12843
12844 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12845 to specify a command to run.
12846
12847 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12848
12849 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12850 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12851 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12852 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12853
12854 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12855
12856 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12857
12858 ;;;***
12859 \f
12860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12862
12863 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12864 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12865 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12866 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12867 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12868
12869 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12870
12871 ;;;***
12872 \f
12873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
12874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12875
12876 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12877 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12878 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12879 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12880
12881 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12882
12883 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12884 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12885 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12886 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12887
12888 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12889
12890 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12891 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12892 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12893 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12894
12895 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12896
12897 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12898 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12899 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12900 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12901
12902 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12903 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12904
12905 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12906
12907 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12908 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12909 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12910 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12911
12912 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12913
12914 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12915 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12916 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12917 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12918
12919 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12920
12921 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12922 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12923 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12924 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12925
12926 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12927
12928 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12929 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12930 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12931 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12932 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12933
12934 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12935 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12936 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12937 original source file access method.
12938
12939 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12940 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12941
12942 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12943
12944 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12945 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12946
12947 \(fn)" t nil)
12948
12949 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12950 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12951 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
12952 for a description of this minor mode.
12953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12955 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12956
12957 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12958
12959 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12960 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12963 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12964
12965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12966
12967 ;;;***
12968 \f
12969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
12970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12971
12972 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12973 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12974 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12975 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12976 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12977 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12978 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12979 set it to.
12980 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12981
12982 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12983
12984 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12985 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12986 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12987 of PLACE.
12988 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12989 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12990 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12991 and SETTER.
12992 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12993 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12994
12995 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12996
12997 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12998
12999 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13000 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13001 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13002 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13003 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13004
13005 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13006
13007 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13008
13009 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13010
13011
13012 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13013
13014 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13015
13016 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13017
13018 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13019 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13020 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13021 well for simple place forms.
13022 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13023 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13024 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13025 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13026 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13027 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13028 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13029
13030 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13031
13032 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13033
13034 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13035 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13036 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13037 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13038 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13039
13040 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13041 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13042 (let ((temp VAL))
13043 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13044 temp)
13045 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13046
13047 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13048
13049 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13050 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13051 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13052 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13053 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13054 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13055
13056 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13057
13058 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13059
13060 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13061 Return a reference to PLACE.
13062 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13063 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13064 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13065 binding mode.
13066
13067 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13068
13069 ;;;***
13070 \f
13071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13073
13074 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13075 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13076 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13077 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13078
13079 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13080 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13081 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13082 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13083
13084 \(fn)" t nil)
13085
13086 ;;;***
13087 \f
13088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13089 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13090
13091 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13092 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13093
13094 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13095
13096 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13097 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13098 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13099 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13100
13101 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13102
13103 \(fn)" t nil)
13104
13105 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13106 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13107 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13108 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13109 to be updated.
13110
13111 \(fn)" t nil)
13112
13113 ;;;***
13114 \f
13115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
13116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13117
13118 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13119 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13120
13121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13122
13123 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13124 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13125 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13126
13127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13128
13129 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13130 Verify a hashcash payment
13131
13132 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13133
13134 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13135 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13136 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13137 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13138 `mail-add-payment-async').
13139
13140 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13141
13142 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13143 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13144 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13145 Calculation is asynchronous.
13146
13147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13148
13149 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13150 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13151 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13152
13153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13154
13155 ;;;***
13156 \f
13157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
13158 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13159
13160 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13161 Return the help-echo string at point.
13162 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13163 property, or nil, is returned.
13164 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13165 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13166 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13167
13168 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13169
13170 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13171 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13172 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13173 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13174 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13175
13176 \(fn)" nil nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13179 Display local help in the echo area.
13180 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13181 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13182 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13183 printed instead.
13184
13185 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13186 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13187 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13188
13189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13190
13191 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13192 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13193 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13194
13195 \(fn)" t nil)
13196
13197 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13198 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13199 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13200
13201 \(fn)" t nil)
13202
13203 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13204 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13205 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13206 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13207 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13208 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13209 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13210 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13211 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13212 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13213 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13214
13215 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13216 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13217 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13218 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13219 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13220
13221 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13222 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13223 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13224 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13225 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13226 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13227 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13228 The default is `never'.")
13229
13230 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13231
13232 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13233 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13234 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13235 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13236 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13237 considered different regions.
13238
13239 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13240 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13241 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13242 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13243 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13244 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13245 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13246 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13247 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13248
13249 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13250
13251 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13252 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13253 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13254 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13255 different regions.
13256
13257 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13258 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13259 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13260 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13261 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13262 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13263 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13264 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13265
13266 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13267 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13268 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13269 rarely happens in practice.
13270
13271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13272
13273 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13274 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13275 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13276 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13277 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13278 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13279
13280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13281
13282 ;;;***
13283 \f
13284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13286
13287 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13288 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13289
13290 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13291
13292 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13293 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13294 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13295
13296 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13297
13298 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13299 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13300 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13301 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13302 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13303 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13304 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13305
13306 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13307 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13308 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13309 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13310 suitable file is found, return nil.
13311
13312 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13313
13314 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13315
13316
13317 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13318
13319 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13320 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13321 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13322 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13323
13324 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13325
13326 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13327 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13328 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13329 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13330 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13331 it is displayed along with the global value.
13332
13333 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13334
13335 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13336 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13337 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13338 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13339 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13340 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13341
13342 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13343
13344 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13345 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13346 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13347 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13348
13349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13350
13351 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13352 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13353 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13354 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13355 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13356
13357 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13358
13359 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13360 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13361
13362 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13363
13364 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13365 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13366
13367 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13368
13369 ;;;***
13370 \f
13371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13373
13374 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13375 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13376 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13377 window listing and describing the options.
13378 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13379 gives the window that lists the options.")
13380
13381 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13382
13383 ;;;***
13384 \f
13385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13387
13388 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13389 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13390 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13391 Commands:
13392 \\{help-mode-map}
13393
13394 \(fn)" t nil)
13395
13396 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13397 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13398
13399 \(fn)" nil nil)
13400
13401 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13402 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13403
13404 \(fn)" nil nil)
13405
13406 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13407 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13408
13409 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13410 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13411 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13412 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13413
13414 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13415 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13416 restore it properly when going back.
13417
13418 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13419
13420 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13421 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13422 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13423 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13424 from `help-mode'.
13425 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13426 it does not already exist.
13427
13428 \(fn)" nil nil)
13429
13430 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13431 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13432
13433 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13434 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13435 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13436 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13437 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13438 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13439 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13440 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13441
13442 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13443 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13444 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13445 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13446
13447 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13448 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13449 that.
13450
13451 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13452
13453 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13454 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13455 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13456 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13457 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13458 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13459
13460 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13461
13462 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13463 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13464 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13465 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13466 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13467
13468 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13469
13470 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13471 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13472
13473 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13474
13475 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13476
13477 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13478 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13479 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13480 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13481
13482 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13483
13484 ;;;***
13485 \f
13486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13488
13489 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13490 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13491
13492 \(fn)" t nil)
13493
13494 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13495 Provide help for current mode.
13496
13497 \(fn)" t nil)
13498
13499 ;;;***
13500 \f
13501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13503
13504 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13505 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13506 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13507 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13508 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13509
13510 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13511 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13512
13513 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13514 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13515 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13516 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13517
13518 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13519 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13520 periods.
13521
13522 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13523 in hexl format.
13524
13525 A sample format:
13526
13527 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13528 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13529 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13530 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13531 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13532 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13533 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13534 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13535 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13536 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13537 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13538 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13539 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13540 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13541 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13542
13543 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13544 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13545 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13546
13547 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13548 also supported.
13549
13550 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13551
13552 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13553 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13554 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13555
13556 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13557 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13558 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13559
13560 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13561 into the buffer at the current point.
13562
13563 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13564 into the buffer at the current point.
13565
13566 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13567 into the buffer at the current point.
13568
13569 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13570
13571 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13572 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13573
13574 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13575
13576 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13577
13578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13579
13580 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13581 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13582 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13583 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13584
13585 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13586
13587 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13588 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13589 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13590
13591 \(fn)" t nil)
13592
13593 ;;;***
13594 \f
13595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
13596 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13597
13598 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13599 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13603
13604 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13605 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13606 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13607 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13608
13609 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13610 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13611 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13612 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13613
13614 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13615 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13616 which can be called interactively, are:
13617
13618 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13619 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13620
13621 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13622 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13623 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13624 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13625
13626 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13627 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13628
13629 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13630 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13631 available face automatically.
13632
13633 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13634 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13635
13636 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13637 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13638 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13639 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13640 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13641 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13642 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13643 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13644 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13645 function returns t.
13646
13647 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13648 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13649
13650 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13651 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13652 form:
13653 Hi-lock: FOO
13654
13655 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13656 position (number of characters into buffer)
13657 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13658 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13659 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13660
13661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13662
13663 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13664 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13665 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13666 for a description of this minor mode.
13667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13669 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13670
13671 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13672
13673 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13674 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13675 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13676 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13677 ARG is omitted or nil.
13678
13679 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13680 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13681 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13682
13683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13684
13685 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13686
13687 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13688 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13689 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13690 Use the global history list for FACE.
13691
13692 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13693 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13694 highlighting will not update as you type.
13695
13696 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13697
13698 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13699
13700 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13701 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13702 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13703 Use the global history list for FACE.
13704
13705 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13706 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13707 highlighting will not update as you type.
13708
13709 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13710
13711 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13712
13713 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13714 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13715 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13716 Use the global history list for FACE.
13717
13718 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13719 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13720 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13721
13722 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13723 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13724 highlighting will not update as you type.
13725
13726 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13727
13728 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13729
13730 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13731 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13732 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13733 unless you use a prefix argument.
13734 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13735
13736 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13737 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13738
13739 \(fn)" t nil)
13740
13741 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13742
13743 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13744 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13745 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13746 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13747 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13748 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13749
13750 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13751
13752 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13753 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13754
13755 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13756 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13757 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13758
13759 \(fn)" t nil)
13760
13761 ;;;***
13762 \f
13763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
13764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13765
13766 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13767 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13769 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13770 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13771
13772 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13773 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13774 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13775 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13776
13777 `hide-ifdef-env'
13778 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13779 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13780 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13781 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13782 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13783 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13784 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13785
13786 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13787 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13788 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13789 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13790 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13791
13792 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13793 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13794 #endif lines when hiding.
13795
13796 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13797 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13798 is activated.
13799
13800 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13801 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13802 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13803
13804 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13805
13806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13807
13808 ;;;***
13809 \f
13810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13812
13813 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13814 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13815 Each element has the form
13816 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13817
13818 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13819 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13820
13821 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13822 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13823
13824 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13825 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13826 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13827 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13828 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13829 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13830
13831 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13832 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13833
13834 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13835 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13836
13837 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13838 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13839 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13840
13841 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13842 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13844 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13845 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13846
13847 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13848 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13849 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13850
13851 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13852 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13853 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13854
13855 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13856 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13857
13858 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13859
13860 Key bindings:
13861 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13862
13863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13864
13865 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13866 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13867
13868 \(fn)" nil nil)
13869
13870 ;;;***
13871 \f
13872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13874
13875 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13876 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13878 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13879 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13880
13881 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13882 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13883 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13884 this on and off.
13885
13886 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13887 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13888 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13889 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13890 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13891 through various faces.
13892 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13893 buffer with the contents of a file
13894 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13895
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13899 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13901 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13902 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13903
13904 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13905 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13906 in a distinctive face.
13907
13908 The default value can be customized with variable
13909 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13910
13911 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13912
13913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13914
13915 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13916 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13917 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13918
13919 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13920
13921 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13922 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13923
13924 \(fn)" t nil)
13925
13926 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13927 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13928
13929 \(fn)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13932 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13933
13934 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13935 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13936 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13937 shown in the last face in the list.
13938
13939 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13940 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13941 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13942
13943 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13944
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13948 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13949
13950 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13951
13952 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13953 to save the file.
13954
13955 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13956 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13957
13958 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13959 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13960 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13961
13962 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13963
13964 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13965 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13966
13967 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13968 this function is called interactively.
13969
13970 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13971 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13972 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13973
13974 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13975 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13976 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13977
13978 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13979
13980 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13981 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13982 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
13983 for a description of this minor mode.
13984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13986 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13987
13988 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13989
13990 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13991 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13992 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13993 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13994 ARG is omitted or nil.
13995
13996 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13997 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13998 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13999
14000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14001
14002 ;;;***
14003 \f
14004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
14005 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14006 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14007
14008 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14009 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14010 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14011 or insert functions in this list.")
14012
14013 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14014
14015 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14016 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14017 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14018 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14019 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14020 expansions.
14021 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14022 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14023 undoes the expansion.
14024
14025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14028 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14029 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14030 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14031
14032 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14033
14034 ;;;***
14035 \f
14036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
14037 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14038
14039 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14040 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14042 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14043 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14044
14045 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14046 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14047 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14048 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14049 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14050 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14051
14052 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14053 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14054 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14055 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14056
14057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14058
14059 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14060 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14061 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14062 for a description of this minor mode.
14063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14065 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14066
14067 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14068
14069 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14070 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14072 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14073 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14074
14075 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14076 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14077 windows.
14078
14079 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14080 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14081
14082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14083
14084 ;;;***
14085 \f
14086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
14087 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14088
14089 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14090 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14092
14093 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14094
14095 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14096
14097 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14098 Oriental holidays.
14099 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14100
14101 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14102
14103 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14104
14105 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14106 Local holidays.
14107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14108
14109 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14110
14111 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14112
14113 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14114 User defined holidays.
14115 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14116
14117 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14118
14119 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14120
14121 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14122 Jewish holidays.
14123 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14124
14125 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14126
14127 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14128
14129 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14130 Christian holidays.
14131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14132
14133 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14134
14135 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14136
14137 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14138 Islamic holidays.
14139 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14140
14141 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14142
14143 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14144
14145 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14146 Bahá’í holidays.
14147 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14148
14149 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14150
14151 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14152
14153 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14154 Sun-related holidays.
14155 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14156
14157 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14158
14159 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14160
14161 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14162
14163 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14164 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14165 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14166 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14167
14168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14169
14170 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14171 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14172 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14173 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14174 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14175
14176 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14177 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14178
14179 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14180 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14181
14182 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14183 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14184 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14185 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14186 of a holiday list.
14187
14188 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14189
14190 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14191
14192 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14193
14194 ;;;***
14195 \f
14196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
14197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
14198
14199 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14200 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14201
14202 \(fn)" t nil)
14203
14204 ;;;***
14205 \f
14206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
14207 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14208 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14209
14210 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14211 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14212 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14213 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14214 as possible.
14215
14216 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14217 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14218 fontified display.
14219
14220 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14221 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14222
14223 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14224 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14225 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14226
14227 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14228
14229 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14230 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14231 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14232
14233 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14234
14235 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14236
14237 ;;;***
14238 \f
14239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14241
14242 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14243 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14244
14245 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14246 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14247 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14248
14249 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14250 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14251 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14252 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14253 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14254 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14255
14256 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14257 title of the column.
14258
14259 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14260 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14261 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14262 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14263 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14264
14265 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14266
14267 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14268
14269 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14270 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14271 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14272 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14273 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14274
14275 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14276 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14277 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14278
14279 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14280
14281 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14282
14283 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14284
14285 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14286 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14287 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14288 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14289 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14290 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14291
14292 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14293 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14294 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14295 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14296 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14297 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14298 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14299 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14300 values are:
14301 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14302 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14303 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14304 buffer's modification flag.
14305 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14306 prompted before performing this operation.
14307 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14308 operation is complete, in the form:
14309 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14310 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14311 confirmation message, in the form:
14312 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14313 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14314 macro for exactly what it does.
14315
14316 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14317
14318 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14319
14320 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14321
14322 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14323 Define a filter named NAME.
14324 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14325 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14326 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14327
14328 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14329 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14330 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14331 bound to the current value of the filter.
14332
14333 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14334
14335 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14336
14337 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14338
14339 ;;;***
14340 \f
14341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
14342 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14343
14344 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14345 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14346 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14347 buffers which are visiting a file.
14348
14349 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14350
14351 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14352 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14353 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14354 buffers which are visiting a file.
14355
14356 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14357
14358 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14359 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14360 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14361
14362 All arguments are optional.
14363 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14364 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14365 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14366 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14367 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14368 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14369 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14370 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14371 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14372 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14373 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14374 that value locally in this buffer.
14375
14376 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14377
14378 ;;;***
14379 \f
14380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
14381 ;;;;;; 0))
14382 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14383 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14384
14385 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14386 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14387 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14388 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14389
14390 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14391
14392 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14393 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14394 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14395 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14396 ICAL-FILENAME.
14397 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14398 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14399 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14400
14401 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14402
14403 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14404 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14405 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14406 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14407 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14408 non-marking or not.
14409
14410 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14411
14412 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14413 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14414
14415 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14416 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14417 DIARY-FILE.
14418
14419 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14420 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14421 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14422
14423 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14424 non-marking.
14425
14426 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14427 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14428 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14429
14430 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14431
14432 ;;;***
14433 \f
14434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14436
14437 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14438 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14439 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14440 for a description of this minor mode.
14441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14443 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14444
14445 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14446
14447 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14448 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14450 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14451 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14452
14453 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14454 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14455 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14456 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14457
14458 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14459 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14460
14461 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14462 completions:
14463
14464 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14465
14466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14467 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14468 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14469 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14470 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14471
14472 ;;;***
14473 \f
14474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14476
14477 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14478 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14479 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14480 Tab indents for Icon code.
14481 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14482 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14483 \\{icon-mode-map}
14484 Variables controlling indentation style:
14485 icon-tab-always-indent
14486 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14487 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14488 icon-auto-newline
14489 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14490 inserted in Icon code.
14491 icon-indent-level
14492 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14493 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14494 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14495 icon-continued-statement-offset
14496 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14497 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14498 icon-continued-brace-offset
14499 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14500 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14501 icon-brace-offset
14502 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14503 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14504 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14505 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14506
14507 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14508 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14509
14510 \(fn)" t nil)
14511
14512 ;;;***
14513 \f
14514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
14515 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14517
14518 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14519 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14520 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14521 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14522
14523 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14524 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14525 separate frames.
14526
14527 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14528 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14529
14530 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14531 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14532 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14533
14534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14535
14536 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14537
14538 ;;;***
14539 \f
14540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14542 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14543
14544 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14545 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14546
14547 The main features of this mode are
14548
14549 1. Indentation and Formatting
14550 --------------------------
14551 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14552 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14553
14554 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14555 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14556 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14557 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14558
14559 Comments are indented as follows:
14560
14561 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14562 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14563 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14564
14565 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14566
14567 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14568 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14569 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14570 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14571 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14572 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14573
14574 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14575 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14576 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14577 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14578
14579 2. Routine Info
14580 ------------
14581 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14582 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14583 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14584 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14585 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14586 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14587 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14588 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14589 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14590 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14591
14592 3. Online IDL Help
14593 ---------------
14594
14595 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14596 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14597 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14598 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14599
14600 4. Completion
14601 ----------
14602 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14603 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14604 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14605 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14606 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14607 upper case.
14608
14609 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14610 --------------------------------
14611 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14612 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14613
14614 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14615 \\fu FUNCTION template
14616 \\c CASE statement template
14617 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14618 \\f FOR loop template
14619 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14620 \\w WHILE loop template
14621 \\i IF statement template
14622 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14623 \\b BEGIN
14624
14625 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14626 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14627
14628 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14629 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14630 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14631 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14632
14633 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14634 -------------------------
14635 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14636 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14637
14638 7. Automatic END completion
14639 ------------------------
14640 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14641 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14642
14643 8. Hooks
14644 -----
14645 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14646 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14647
14648 9. Documentation and Customization
14649 -------------------------------
14650 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14651 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14652 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14653 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14654 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14655 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14656
14657 10.Keybindings
14658 -----------
14659 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14660 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14661 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14662
14663 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14664
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14666
14667 ;;;***
14668 \f
14669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
14670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14671
14672 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14673 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14674 The following values are possible:
14675 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14676 displaying...)
14677 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14678 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14679 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14680
14681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14682 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14683
14684 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14685
14686 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14687 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14688 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14689 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14690 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14691 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14692 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14693 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14694 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14695
14696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14697
14698 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14699 Switch to another buffer.
14700 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14701 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14702 in another frame.
14703
14704 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14705 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14706 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14707 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14708 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14709
14710 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14711 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14712
14713 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14714
14715 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14716 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14717 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14718 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14719 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14720 in a separate window.
14721 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14722 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14723 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14724 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14725 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14726 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14727 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14728 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14729 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14730
14731 \(fn)" t nil)
14732
14733 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14734 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14735 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14736 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14737
14738 \(fn)" t nil)
14739
14740 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14741 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14742 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14743 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14744
14745 \(fn)" t nil)
14746
14747 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14748 Kill a buffer.
14749 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14750 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14751
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14753
14754 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14755 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14756 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14758
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14760
14761 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14762 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14763 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14764 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14765
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14767
14768 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14769 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14770
14771 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14774 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14775 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14776 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14777 in another frame.
14778
14779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14780 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14781 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14782 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14783 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14784 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14785
14786 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14787 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14788
14789 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14790
14791 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14792 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14793 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14794 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14795 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14796 in a separate window.
14797 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14798 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14799 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14800 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14801 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14802 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14803 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14804 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14805 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14806 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14807 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14808 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14809 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14810 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14811 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14812 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14813 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14814 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14815
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14817
14818 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14819 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14820 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14822
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14826 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14827 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14829
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14831
14832 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14833 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14834 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14836
14837 \(fn)" t nil)
14838
14839 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14840 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14841 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14842 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14843
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14845
14846 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14847 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14848 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14849 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14850
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14854 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14855 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14856 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14857
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14861 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14862 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14863 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14864
14865 \(fn)" t nil)
14866
14867 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14868 Write current buffer to a file.
14869 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14870 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14871
14872 \(fn)" t nil)
14873
14874 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14875 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14876 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14877 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880
14881 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14882 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14883 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14885
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14887
14888 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14889 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14890 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14891 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14892 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14893 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14894
14895 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14896
14897 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14898 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14899 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14900 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14901
14902 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14903
14904 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14905 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14906 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14907 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14908
14909 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14910
14911 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14912 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14913 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14914 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14915 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14916 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14917 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14918 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14919 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14920 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14921 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14922 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14923 with point positioned at the end.
14924 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14925 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14926
14927 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14928
14929 ;;;***
14930 \f
14931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14932 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14933
14934 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14935 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14936 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14937 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14938
14939 \(fn)" t nil)
14940
14941 ;;;***
14942 \f
14943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
14944 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14945
14946 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14947
14948 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14949 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14951 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14952 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14953 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14954
14955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14956
14957 ;;;***
14958 \f
14959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
14960 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14961
14962 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14963 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14964 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14965 be determined.
14966
14967 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14968
14969 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14970 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14971 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14972 be determined.
14973
14974 \(fn)" nil nil)
14975
14976 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14977 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14978 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14979 be determined.
14980
14981 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14982
14983 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14984 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14985 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14986 be determined.
14987
14988 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14989
14990 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14991 Determine and return image type.
14992 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14993 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14994 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14995 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14996 use its file extension as image type.
14997 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14998
14999 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15000
15001 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15002 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15003 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15004
15005 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15006
15007 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15008 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15009 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15010
15011 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15012 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15013 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15014 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15015 must be available.
15016
15017 \(fn)" nil nil)
15018
15019 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15020 Create an image.
15021 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15022 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15023 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15024 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15025 use its file extension as image type.
15026 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15027 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15028 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15029 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15030
15031 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15032
15033 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15034 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15035 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15036
15037 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15038
15039 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15040 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15041 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15042 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15043 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15044 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15045 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15046 POS may be an integer or marker.
15047 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15048 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15049 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15050 means display it in the right marginal area.
15051
15052 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15053
15054 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15055 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15056 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15057 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15058 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15059 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15060 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15061 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15062 means display it in the right marginal area.
15063 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15064 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15065 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15066 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15067 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15068
15069 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15070
15071 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15072 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15073 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15074 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15075 STRING is a single space.
15076 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15077 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15078 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15079 means display it in the right marginal area.
15080 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15081
15082 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15083
15084 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15085 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15086 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15087 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15088
15089 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15090
15091 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15092 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15093
15094 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15095
15096 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15097 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15098 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15099 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15100 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15101 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15102 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15103 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15104 satisfied.
15105
15106 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15107
15108 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15109
15110 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15111
15112 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15113 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15114
15115 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15116 documentation string.
15117
15118 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15119 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15120 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15121 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15122 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15123 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15124 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15125 define SYMBOL.
15126
15127 Example:
15128
15129 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15130 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15131
15132 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15133
15134 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15135
15136 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15137 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15138 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15139 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15140
15141 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15142 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15143 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15144 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15145
15146 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15147
15148 \(fn)" nil nil)
15149
15150 ;;;***
15151 \f
15152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15154 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15155
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15157 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15158 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15159 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15160 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15161 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15162
15163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15164
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15166 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15167
15168 Convenience command that:
15169
15170 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15171 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15172 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15173
15174 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15175 image files in dired and type
15176 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15177
15178 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15179
15180 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15181 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15182
15183 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15184
15185 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15186 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15187 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15188 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15189 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15190 another one).
15191
15192 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15193 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15194 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15195
15196 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15197 instead of erasing it first.
15198
15199 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15200 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15201 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15202 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15203 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15204 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15205
15206 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15209 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15210 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15211 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15212 displayed.
15213
15214 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15215
15216 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15217
15218 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15219
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15221 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15222
15223 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15224
15225 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15226 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15227 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15228
15229 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15230
15231 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15232 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15233
15234 \(fn)" t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15237 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15238 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15239 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15240
15241 \(fn)" t nil)
15242
15243 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15244 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15245
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15247
15248 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15249 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15250
15251 \(fn)" t nil)
15252
15253 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15254 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15255
15256 \(fn)" t nil)
15257
15258 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15259 Display current image file.
15260 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15261 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15262
15263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15264
15265 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15266 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15267
15268 \(fn)" t nil)
15269
15270 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15271 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15272 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15273 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15274 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15275 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15276 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15277
15278 \(fn)" t nil)
15279
15280 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15281 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15282 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15283 easy-to-use form.
15284
15285 \(fn)" t nil)
15286
15287 ;;;***
15288 \f
15289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
15290 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15291
15292 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15293 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15294 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15295 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15296
15297 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15298 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15299 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15300 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15301
15302 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15303
15304 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15305 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15306 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15307 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15308
15309 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15310 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15311 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15312 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15313
15314 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15315
15316 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15317 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15318
15319 \(fn)" nil nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15322 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15323 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15324 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15325
15326 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15327
15328 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15329 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15330 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15331 for a description of this minor mode.
15332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15334 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15335
15336 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15337
15338 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15339 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15341 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15342 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15343
15344 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15345 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15346 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15347
15348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15349
15350 ;;;***
15351 \f
15352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15354
15355 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15356 Major mode for image files.
15357 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
15358 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
15359
15360 Key bindings:
15361 \\{image-mode-map}
15362
15363 \(fn)" t nil)
15364
15365 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15366 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15370
15371 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15372 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15373 actual image.
15374
15375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15376
15377 (autoload 'image-mode-to-text "image-mode" "\
15378 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15379 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
15380 displays an image file as text.
15381
15382 \(fn)" nil nil)
15383
15384 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15385
15386
15387 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15388
15389 ;;;***
15390 \f
15391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
15392 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15393
15394 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15395 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15396
15397 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15398
15399 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15400 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15401 in the buffer.
15402
15403 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15404
15405 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15406 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15407 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15408
15409 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15410
15411 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15412 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15413 Each element of this list should have the form
15414
15415 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15416
15417 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15418 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15419 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15420 matches are put).
15421 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15422 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15423 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15424 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15425 another element.
15426 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15427 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15428 the menu item.
15429 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15430 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15431 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15432 the ARGUMENTS.
15433
15434 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15435 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15436 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15437
15438 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15439 create a buffer index.
15440
15441 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15442 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15443 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15444 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15445 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15446
15447 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15448
15449 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15450 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15451
15452 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15453 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15454 called within a `save-excursion'.
15455
15456 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15457
15458 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15459
15460 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15461 Function for finding the next index position.
15462
15463 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15464 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15465 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15466 file.
15467
15468 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15469 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15470
15471 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15472
15473 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15474 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15475
15476 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15477 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15478 It should return the name for that index item.")
15479
15480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15481
15482 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15483 Function to compare string with index item.
15484
15485 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15486 non-nil if they match.
15487
15488 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15489 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15490 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15491 arguments match\".")
15492
15493 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15494
15495 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15496 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15497 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15498
15499 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15500 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15501
15502 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15503
15504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15505
15506 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15507 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15508 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15509 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15510
15511 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15512
15513 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15514 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15515
15516 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15517
15518 \(fn)" t nil)
15519
15520 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15521 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15522 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15523 for more information.
15524
15525 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15526
15527 ;;;***
15528 \f
15529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15530 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15531
15532 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15533 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15534
15535 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15536
15537 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15538
15539
15540 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15541
15542 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15543
15544
15545 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15546
15547 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15548
15549
15550 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15551
15552 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15553 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15554
15555 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15556
15557 ;;;***
15558 \f
15559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
15560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15561
15562 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15563 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15564 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15565 to that buffer.
15566 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15567 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15568 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15569 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15570
15571 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15572
15573 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15574
15575 ;;;***
15576 \f
15577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
15578 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15579
15580 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15581 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15582 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15583 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15584 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15585 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15586 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15587 first in this list.
15588
15589 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15590 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15591 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15592 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15593 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15594
15595 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15596 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15597 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15598
15599 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15600 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15601
15602 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15603 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15604
15605 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15606 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15607 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15608 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15609 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15610 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15611 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15612 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15613 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15614 with the top-level Info directory.
15615
15616 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15617 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15618
15619 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15620
15621 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15622 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15623 in all the directories in that path.
15624
15625 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15626
15627 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15628
15629 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15630 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15631
15632 \(fn)" t nil)
15633
15634 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15635 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15636
15637 \(fn)" t nil)
15638
15639 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15640 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15641 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15642 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15643
15644 \(fn)" nil nil)
15645
15646 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15647 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15648 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15649 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15650
15651 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15652
15653 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15654 Go to the Info directory node.
15655
15656 \(fn)" t nil)
15657
15658 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15659 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15660 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15661 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15662 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15663 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15664
15665 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15666
15667 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15668 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15669 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15670
15671 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15672
15673 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15674 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15675 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15676 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15677 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15678
15679 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15682 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15683 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15684 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15685 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15686
15687 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15688 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15689
15690 Selecting other nodes:
15691 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15692 Follow a node reference you click on.
15693 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15694 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15695 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15696 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15697 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15698 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15699 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15700 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15701 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15702 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15703 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15704 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15705 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15706 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15707 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15708 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15709 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15710 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15711 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15712 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15713
15714 Moving within a node:
15715 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15716 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15717 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15718 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15719 move up to the parent node.
15720 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15721 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15722 if there is none.
15723 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15724
15725 Advanced commands:
15726 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15727 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15728 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15729 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15730 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15731 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15732 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15733 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15734 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15735 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15736 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15737 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15738 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15739 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15740 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15741 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15742
15743 \(fn)" t nil)
15744 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15745
15746 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15747 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15748 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15749 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15750 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15751 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15752
15753 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15754 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15755
15756 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15757 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15758 KEY is a string.
15759 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15760 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15761 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15762 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15763
15764 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15765
15766 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15767 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15768 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15769
15770 \(fn)" t nil)
15771
15772 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15773 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15774 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15775
15776 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15777
15778 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15779 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15780 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15781 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15782 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15783 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15784
15785 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15786
15787 ;;;***
15788 \f
15789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
15790 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15791
15792 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15793 Throw away all cached data.
15794 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15795 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15796 system.
15797
15798 \(fn)" t nil)
15799 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15800
15801 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15802 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15803 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15804 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15805 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15806 one found at point.
15807
15808 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15809
15810 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15811 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15812
15813 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15814 Display the documentation of a file.
15815 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15816 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15817 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15818 The default file name is the one found at point.
15819
15820 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15821
15822 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15823
15824 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15825 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15826
15827 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15828
15829 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15830 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15831
15832 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15833
15834 ;;;***
15835 \f
15836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
15837 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15838 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15839
15840 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15841 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15842 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15843 current info file is the default.
15844
15845 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15846 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15847 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15848 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15849 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15850
15851 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15852 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15853 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15854 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15855 mistake in the reference.
15856
15857 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15858 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15859 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15860
15861 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15862 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15863 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15864 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15865
15866 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15867
15868 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15869 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15870 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15871 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15872 checked.
15873
15874 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15875 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15876 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15877 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15878 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15879 should be harmless.
15880
15881 \(fn)" t nil)
15882
15883 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15884 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15885 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15886 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15887
15888 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15889 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15890 and can take a long time.
15891
15892 \(fn)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15895 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15896 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15897
15898 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15899
15900 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15901 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15902
15903 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15904 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15905 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15906 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15907 all builtins).
15908
15909 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15910 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15911 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15912 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15913 the sources handy.
15914
15915 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15916
15917 ;;;***
15918 \f
15919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
15920 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15921
15922 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15923 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15924
15925 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15926
15927 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15928 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15929
15930 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15931
15932 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15933 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15934 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15935 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15936
15937 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15938 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15939 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15940
15941 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15942 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15943 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15944 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15945
15946 \(fn)" t nil)
15947
15948 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15949 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15950 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15951
15952 \(fn)" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15955 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15956 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15957 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15958 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15959
15960 \(fn)" nil nil)
15961
15962 ;;;***
15963 \f
15964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15966
15967 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15968
15969
15970 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15971
15972 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15973
15974 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15975
15976 ;;;***
15977 \f
15978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
15979 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15980 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15981
15982 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15983 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15984 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15985
15986 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15987
15988 ;;;***
15989 \f
15990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
15991 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
15992 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15993
15994 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15995 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15996
15997 \(fn)" t nil)
15998
15999 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16000 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16001
16002 \(fn)" t nil)
16003
16004 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16005
16006
16007 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16008
16009 ;;;***
16010 \f
16011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
16012 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16013 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16014
16015 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16016 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16017 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16018 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16019 accessed via isearchb.
16020
16021 \(fn)" t nil)
16022
16023 ;;;***
16024 \f
16025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
16026 ;;;;;; 0))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16028
16029 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16031 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16032 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16034
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16036
16037 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16039 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16040 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16041 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16042
16043 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16047 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16048 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16050
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16052
16053 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16055 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16056 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16058
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16063 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16064 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16065 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16066
16067 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16068
16069 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16070 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16071 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16072 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16073 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16074
16075 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16076
16077 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16078 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16079 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16080 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16081 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16082
16083 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16084
16085 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16086 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16087 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16088 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16089
16090 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16091
16092 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16093 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16094 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16095 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16096
16097 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16098
16099 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16100 Warn that format is read-only.
16101
16102 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16103
16104 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16105 Warn that format is write-only.
16106
16107 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16108
16109 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16110 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16111
16112 \(fn)" t nil)
16113
16114 ;;;***
16115 \f
16116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16117 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16118 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16119 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16120 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16121
16122 ;;;***
16123 \f
16124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
16125 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16126
16127 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16128
16129 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16130 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16131 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16132 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16133 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16134
16135 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16136
16137 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16138
16139 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16140 Key map for ispell menu.")
16141
16142 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16143 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16144 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16145 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16146
16147 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16148
16149 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16150
16151 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16152
16153 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16154
16155 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16156 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16157 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16158 Valid forms include:
16159 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16160 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16161 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16162 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16163
16164 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16165 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16166 First list is used raw.
16167 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16168
16169 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16170 for skipping in latex mode.")
16171
16172 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16173 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16174 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16175 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16176 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16177 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16178 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16179
16180 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16181 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16182 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16183 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16184
16185 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16186 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16187 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16188 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16189 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16190
16191 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16192 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16193
16194 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16195 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16196
16197 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16198 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16199
16200 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16201 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16202
16203 Return values:
16204 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16205 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16206 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16207 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16208 quit spell session exited.
16209
16210 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16211
16212 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16213 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16214 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16215
16216 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16217
16218 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16219 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16220
16221 Selections are:
16222
16223 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16224 SPC: Accept word this time.
16225 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16226 `a': Accept word for this session.
16227 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16228 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16229 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16230 `?': Show these commands.
16231 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16232 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16233 the aborted check to be completed later.
16234 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16235 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16236 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16237 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16238 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16239 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16240 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16241
16242 \(fn)" nil nil)
16243
16244 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16245 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16246 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16247 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16248
16249 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16250
16251 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16252 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16253 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16254 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16255
16256 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16257
16258 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16259
16260 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16261 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16262 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16263 amount for last line processed.
16264
16265 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16266
16267 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16268 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16269
16270 \(fn)" t nil)
16271
16272 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16273 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16274
16275 \(fn)" t nil)
16276
16277 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16278 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16279 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16280
16281 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16282
16283 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16284 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16285
16286 \(fn)" t nil)
16287
16288 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16289 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16290 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16291 sequence inside of a word.
16292
16293 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16294
16295 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16296
16297 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16298 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16299
16300 \(fn)" t nil)
16301
16302 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16303 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16304 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16305 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16306
16307 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16308 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16309 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16310 available on the net.
16311
16312 \(fn)" t nil)
16313
16314 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16315 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16316 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16317 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16318 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16319
16320 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16321 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16322 spelled.
16323
16324 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16325 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16326 SPC.
16327
16328 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16329 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16330
16331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16334 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16335 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16336 Don't check included messages.
16337
16338 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16339 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16340 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16341
16342 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16343 in your init file:
16344 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook #\\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16345 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook #\\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16346 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook #\\='ispell-message)
16347 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook #\\='ispell-message)
16348
16349 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16350 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16351 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16352
16353 \(fn)" t nil)
16354
16355 ;;;***
16356 \f
16357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
16358 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16360
16361 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16362
16363
16364 \(fn)" nil nil)
16365
16366 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16367 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16368 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16369 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16370 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16371 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16372 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16373 necessary to represent OBJ.
16374
16375 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16376
16377 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16378 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16379 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16380 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16381
16382 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16383
16384 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16385 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16386 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16387 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16388 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16389
16390 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16391
16392 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16393 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16394 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16395 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16396
16397 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16398
16399 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16400 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16401 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16402 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16403
16404 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16405
16406 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16407 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16408
16409 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16410
16411 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16412 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16413 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16414 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16415 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16416
16417 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16418
16419 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16420 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16421 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16422 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16423 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16424
16425 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16426
16427 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16428 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16429 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16430
16431 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16432
16433 ;;;***
16434 \f
16435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16437
16438 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16439 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16440 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16441 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16442
16443 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16444
16445
16446 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16447
16448 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16449 Uninstall jka-compr.
16450 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16451 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16452 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16453
16454 \(fn)" nil nil)
16455
16456 ;;;***
16457 \f
16458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
16459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16460 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16461
16462 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16463 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16464
16465 \(fn)" t nil)
16466
16467 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16468 Major mode for editing JSX.
16469
16470 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16471 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16472 locally, like so:
16473
16474 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16475 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16476 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16477
16478 \(fn)" t nil)
16479 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16480
16481 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16482
16483 ;;;***
16484 \f
16485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
16486 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16487 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16488
16489 ;;;***
16490 \f
16491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
16492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16493
16494 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16495 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16496 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16497 decimal key must be specified.")
16498
16499 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16500
16501 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16502 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16503 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16504 decimal key must be specified.")
16505
16506 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16507
16508 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16509 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16510 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16511 decimal key must be specified.")
16512
16513 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16514
16515 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16516 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16517 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16518 decimal key must be specified.")
16519
16520 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16521
16522 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16523 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16524 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16525 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16526 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16527 keys are bound.
16528
16529 Setup Binding
16530 -------------------------------------------------------------
16531 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16532 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16533 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16534 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16535 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16536 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16537 in the global and local keymaps.
16538
16539 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16540 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16541
16542 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16543
16544 ;;;***
16545 \f
16546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
16547 ;;;;;; 0))
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16549
16550 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16551 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16552 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16553
16554 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16555 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16556 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16557 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16558 shorter.
16559
16560 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16561 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16562 the context of text formatting.
16563
16564 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16565
16566 ;;;***
16567 \f
16568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
16569 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16570
16571 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16572 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16573 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16574 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16575 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16576 positions that contains the current selection.")
16577
16578 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16579 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16580 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16581 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16582 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16583 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16584 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16585
16586 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16587
16588 ;;;***
16589 \f
16590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
16591 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16592 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16593 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16594 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16595 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16596 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16597 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16598 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16599
16600 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16601 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16602 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16603
16604 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16605
16606 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16607 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16608 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16609 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16610 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16611
16612 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16613
16614 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16615 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16616 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16617
16618 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16619 defining the macro.
16620
16621 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16622 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16623 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16624
16625 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16626 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16627
16628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16629
16630 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16631 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16632 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16633 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16634 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16635 under that name.
16636
16637 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16638 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16639 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16640
16641 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16642
16643 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16644 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16645 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16646 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16647
16648 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16649 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16650 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16651 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16652
16653 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16654 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16655
16656 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16657
16658 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16659 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16660 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16661
16662 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16663 macro.
16664
16665 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16666 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16667
16668 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16669 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16670 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16671
16672 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16673 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16674
16675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16676
16677 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16678 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16679 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16680 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16681
16682 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16683
16684 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16685 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16686 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16687 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16688
16689 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16690 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16691
16692 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16693
16694 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16695 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16696 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16697
16698 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16699
16700 ;;;***
16701 \f
16702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
16703 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16705
16706 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16707 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16708 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16709
16710 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16711
16712
16713 \(fn)" nil nil)
16714
16715 ;;;***
16716 \f
16717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16719
16720 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16721
16722
16723 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16724
16725 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16726 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16727 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16728 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16729 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16730 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16731
16732 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16733 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16734
16735 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16736
16737 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16738 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16739
16740 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16741
16742 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16743
16744
16745 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16746
16747 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16748
16749
16750 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16751
16752 ;;;***
16753 \f
16754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
16755 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16757
16758 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16759 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16760 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16761 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16762
16763 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16764
16765 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16766 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16767 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16768
16769 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16770
16771 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16772 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16773 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16774
16775 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16776
16777 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16778 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16779 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16780 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16781
16782 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16783
16784 ;;;***
16785 \f
16786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16787 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16788 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16789
16790 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16791 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16792 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16793 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16794 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16795 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16796 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16797 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16798
16799 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16800 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16801
16802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16803 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16804
16805 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16806
16807 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16808 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16809 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16810 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16811 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16812 `latin1-display-setup'.
16813
16814 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16815
16816 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16817 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16818 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16819 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16820
16821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16822 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16823
16824 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16825
16826 ;;;***
16827 \f
16828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
16829 ;;;;;; 0))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16831
16832 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16833 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16834
16835 \(fn)" t nil)
16836
16837 ;;;***
16838 \f
16839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
16840 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16842 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16843
16844 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16845 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16846 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16847 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16848
16849 For instance, the following code
16850
16851 (let-alist alist
16852 (if (and .title .body)
16853 .body
16854 .site
16855 .site.contents))
16856
16857 essentially expands to
16858
16859 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
16860 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
16861 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
16862 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
16863 (if (and .title .body)
16864 .body
16865 .site
16866 .site.contents))
16867
16868 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16869 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16870 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16871 displayed in the example above.
16872
16873 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16874
16875 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16876
16877 ;;;***
16878 \f
16879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
16880 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16881
16882 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16883 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16884 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16885 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16886 generations (this defaults to 1).
16887
16888 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16889
16890 ;;;***
16891 \f
16892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16894 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16895
16896 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16897 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16899 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16900 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16901
16902 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16903
16904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16905
16906 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16907 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
16908 See the `global-linum-mode' command
16909 for a description of this minor mode.
16910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16912 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16913
16914 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16915
16916 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16917 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16918 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16919 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16920 ARG is omitted or nil.
16921
16922 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16923 `linum-on' would do it.
16924 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16925
16926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16927
16928 ;;;***
16929 \f
16930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
16931 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16932
16933 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16934 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16935 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16936 is nil, raise an error.
16937
16938 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16939 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16940 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16941 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16942 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16943 defined by the library.
16944
16945 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16946 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16947 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16948 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16949 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16950 proceeds.
16951
16952 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16953 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16954 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16955 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16956
16957 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16958
16959 ;;;***
16960 \f
16961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
16962 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16963
16964 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16965 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16966 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16967
16968 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16969
16970 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16971 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16972 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16973 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16974
16975 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16976 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16977 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16978 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16979 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16980 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16981 the version.)
16982
16983 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16984 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16985
16986 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16987 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16988
16989 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16990 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16991
16992 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16993
16994 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16995 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16996 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16997 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16998 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16999 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17000 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17001 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17002 to constrain a big search.
17003
17004 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17005
17006 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17007 except that FILTER is not optional.
17008
17009 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17010
17011 ;;;***
17012 \f
17013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
17014 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17015
17016 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17017 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17018 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17019 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17020 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17021 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17022 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17023 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17024 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17025 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17026
17027 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17028 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17029 associated values:
17030 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17031 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17032 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17033 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17034 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17035
17036 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17037 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17038 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17039
17040 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17041
17042 ;;;***
17043 \f
17044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17046
17047 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17048 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17049
17050 \(fn)" t nil)
17051
17052 ;;;***
17053 \f
17054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
17055 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17056
17057 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17058 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17059
17060 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
17061 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17062
17063 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17064 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17065 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17066
17067 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17068 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17069
17070 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17071 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17072 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17073 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17074 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17075 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17076 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17077
17078 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17079
17080 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17081 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17082 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17083 switch on this list.
17084 See `lpr-command'.")
17085
17086 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17087
17088 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17089 Name of program for printing a file.
17090
17091 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17092 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17093 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17094 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17095 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17096 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17097 argument.")
17098
17099 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17100
17101 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17102 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17104 for customization of the printer command.
17105
17106 \(fn)" t nil)
17107
17108 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17109 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17110
17111 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17112 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17113 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17114 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17115
17116 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17117 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17118
17119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17120 for further customization of the printer command.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17125 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17126 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17127 for customization of the printer command.
17128
17129 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17130
17131 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17132 Paginate and print the region contents.
17133
17134 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17135 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17136 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17137 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17138
17139 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17140 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17141
17142 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17143 for further customization of the printer command.
17144
17145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17146
17147 ;;;***
17148 \f
17149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17151
17152 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17153 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17154 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17155
17156 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17157
17158 ;;;***
17159 \f
17160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
17161 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17162
17163 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17164 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17165 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17166 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17167
17168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17169
17170 ;;;***
17171 \f
17172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17174
17175 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17176 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17177
17178 \(fn)" t nil)
17179
17180 ;;;***
17181 \f
17182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17184
17185 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17186 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17187 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17188 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17189 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17190
17191 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17192
17193 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17194 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17195 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17196 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17197 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17198
17199 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17200 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17201 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17202 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17203 bindings.
17204
17205 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17206 use this command, and then save the file.
17207
17208 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17209
17210 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17211 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17212 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17213 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17214 each time the macro executes.
17215 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17216 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17217 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17218 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17219 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17220 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17221 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17222
17223 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17224
17225 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17226 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17227 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17228 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17229
17230 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17231 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17232 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17233 execute.
17234
17235 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17236 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17237
17238 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17239 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17240 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17241 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17242 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17243
17244 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17245 looked like this:
17246
17247 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17248 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17249 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17250
17251 You could enter the names in this format:
17252
17253 foo
17254 bar
17255 baz
17256
17257 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17258
17259 \\C-x (
17260 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17261 \\C-x )
17262
17263 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17264 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17265
17266 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17267 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17268
17269 ;;;***
17270 \f
17271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17273
17274 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17275 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17276 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17277 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17278 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17279 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17280
17281 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17282 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17283 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17284 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17285 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17286
17287 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17288 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17289 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17290 consing a string.)
17291
17292 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17293
17294 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17295 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17296
17297 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17298
17299 ;;;***
17300 \f
17301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
17302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17303
17304 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17305 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17306
17307 \(fn)" nil nil)
17308
17309 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17310
17311
17312 \(fn)" nil nil)
17313
17314 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17315 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17316
17317 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17318
17319 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17320 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17321 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17322 message.
17323
17324 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17325
17326 \(fn)" nil nil)
17327
17328 ;;;***
17329 \f
17330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
17331 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17332
17333 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17334 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17335 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17336 often correct parser.")
17337
17338 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17339
17340 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17341 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17342 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17343 a value which excludes your own email address.
17344
17345 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17346 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17347
17348 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17349
17350 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17351 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17352
17353 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17354
17355 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17356 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17357 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17358 we return it unconverted.
17359
17360 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17361 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17362
17363 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17364
17365 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17366 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17367 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17368 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17369
17370 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17371
17372 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17373 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17374 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17375 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17376
17377 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17378
17379 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17380 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17381 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17382 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17383 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17384 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17385 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17386 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17387 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17388 as Rmail does.
17389
17390 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17391
17392 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17393 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17394 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17395 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17396 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17397 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17398 matches may be returned from the message body.
17399
17400 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17401
17402 ;;;***
17403 \f
17404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17406
17407 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17408 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17409 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17410 for a description of this minor mode.
17411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17412 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17413 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17414
17415 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17416
17417 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17418 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17419 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17420 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17421 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17422
17423 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17424 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17425 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17426 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17427
17428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17429
17430 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17431 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17432
17433 \(fn)" nil nil)
17434
17435 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17436 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17437 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17438
17439 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17440
17441 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17442 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17443 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17444
17445 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17446 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17447 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17448 double-quotes.
17449
17450 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17451
17452 ;;;***
17453 \f
17454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
17455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17456
17457 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17458 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17459 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17460 king@grassland.com
17461 If `parens', they look like:
17462 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17463 If `angles', they look like:
17464 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17465
17466 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17467
17468 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17469 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17470 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17471 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17472 their `Resent-' variants.
17473
17474 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17475 removed from alias expansions.
17476
17477 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17478
17479 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17480 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17481 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17482
17483 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17484 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17485 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17486 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17487
17488 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17489
17490 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17491 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17492 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17493
17494 \(fn)" nil nil)
17495
17496 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17497 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17498 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17499 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17500
17501 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17502
17503 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17504
17505 ;;;***
17506 \f
17507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
17508 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17509
17510 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17511 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17512 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17513 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17514
17515 \(fn)" nil nil)
17516
17517 ;;;***
17518 \f
17519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
17520 ;;;;;; 0))
17521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17522
17523 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17524 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17525
17526 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17527 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17528 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17529 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17530 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17531 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17532
17533 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17534 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17535 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17536 dependency, despite the colon.
17537
17538 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17539
17540 In the browser, use the following keys:
17541
17542 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17543
17544 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17545
17546 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17547 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17548
17549 `makefile-target-colon':
17550 The string that gets appended to all target names
17551 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17552 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17553
17554 `makefile-macro-assign':
17555 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17556 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17557 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17558 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17559 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17560 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17561
17562 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17563 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17564 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17565
17566 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17567 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17568
17569 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17570 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17571 up or down in the browser.
17572
17573 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17574 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17575
17576 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17577 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17578
17579 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17580 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17581 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17582 has been selected in the browser.
17583
17584 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17585 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17586 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17587 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17588 filenames are omitted.
17589
17590 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17591 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17592 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17593 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17594 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17595 the backslash itself intact.
17596 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17597 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17598
17599 `makefile-browser-hook':
17600 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17601 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17602
17603 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17604 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17605 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17606 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17607
17608 \(fn)" t nil)
17609
17610 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17611 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17612
17613 \(fn)" t nil)
17614
17615 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17616 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17617
17618 \(fn)" t nil)
17619
17620 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17621 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17622
17623 \(fn)" t nil)
17624
17625 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17626 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17627
17628 \(fn)" t nil)
17629
17630 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17631 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17632
17633 \(fn)" t nil)
17634
17635 ;;;***
17636 \f
17637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
17638 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17639
17640 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17641 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17642 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17643
17644 \(fn)" t nil)
17645
17646 ;;;***
17647 \f
17648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
17649 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17650
17651 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17652
17653 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17654 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17655 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17656 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17657 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17658 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17659 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17660 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17661 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17662 without running the man command.
17663
17664 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17665 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17666 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17667
17668 cat(1)
17669 1 cat
17670
17671 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17672 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17673 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17674 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17675
17676 -a chmod
17677
17678 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17679 otherwise look like a page name.
17680
17681 /my/file/name.1.gz
17682 -l somefile.1
17683
17684 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17685 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17686 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17687
17688 -k pattern
17689
17690 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17691
17692 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17693 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17694
17695 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17696
17697 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17698 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17699
17700 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17701
17702 ;;;***
17703 \f
17704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
17705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17706 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17707
17708 ;;;***
17709 \f
17710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
17711 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17712 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17713
17714 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17715 Toggle Master mode.
17716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17717 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17718 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17719
17720 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17721 using the following commands:
17722
17723 \\{master-mode-map}
17724
17725 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17726 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17727 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17728
17729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17730
17731 ;;;***
17732 \f
17733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17735
17736 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17737 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17738 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17739 for a description of this minor mode.
17740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17742 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17743
17744 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17745
17746 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17747 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17749 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17750 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17751
17752 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17753 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17754 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17755 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17756
17757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17758
17759 ;;;***
17760 \f
17761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
17762 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17763 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17764
17765 ;;;***
17766 \f
17767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
17768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17769
17770 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17771
17772 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17773 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17774 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17775 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17776 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17777 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17778 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17779 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17780 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17781 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17782 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17783 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17784 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17785 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17786 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17787 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17788 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17789 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17790 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17791 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17792 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17793 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17794 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17795 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17796 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17797 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17798 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17799 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17800 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17801 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17802 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17803 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17804 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17805 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17806 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17807 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17808 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17809 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17810
17811 \(fn)" t nil)
17812
17813 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17814 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17815 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17816 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17817 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17818
17819 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17822 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17823
17824 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17825
17826 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17827 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17828
17829 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17830
17831 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17832 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17833
17834 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17835
17836 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17837 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17838 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17839
17840 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17843 Cancel an article you posted.
17844 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17845
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17849 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17850 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17851 header line with the old Message-ID.
17852
17853 \(fn)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17856 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17857
17858 \(fn)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17861 Forward the current message via mail.
17862 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17863 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17864
17865 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17866
17867 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17868
17869
17870 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17871
17872 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17873
17874
17875 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17876
17877 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17878 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17879
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17881
17882 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17883 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17884
17885 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17888 Re-mail the current message.
17889 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17890 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17891 you.
17892
17893 \(fn)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17896 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17897
17898 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17899
17900 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17901 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17902
17903 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17906 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17907
17908 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17909
17910 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17911 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17912
17913 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17914
17915 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17916 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17917 Works by overstriking characters.
17918 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17919 which specify the range to operate on.
17920
17921 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17922
17923 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17924 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17925 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17926 which specify the range to operate on.
17927
17928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17929
17930 ;;;***
17931 \f
17932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
17933 ;;;;;; 0))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17935 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17936
17937 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17938 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17939
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17943 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17944
17945 \(fn)" t nil)
17946
17947 ;;;***
17948 \f
17949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
17950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17951
17952 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17953 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17954 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17955
17956 \(fn)" t nil)
17957
17958 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17959 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17960 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17961 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17962 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17963 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17964 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17965
17966 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17969 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17970 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17971 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17972 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17973 means current).
17974 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17975 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17976
17977 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17978
17979 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17980 Process current region through `metamail'.
17981 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17982 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17983 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17984 means current).
17985 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17986 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17987
17988 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17989
17990 ;;;***
17991 \f
17992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17994
17995 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17996 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17997 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17998
17999 \(fn)" t nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18002 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18003 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18004
18005 \(fn)" t nil)
18006
18007 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18008 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18009
18010 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18011 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18012 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18013
18014 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18015 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18016
18017 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18018 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18019
18020 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18021
18022 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18023
18024 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18025 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18026 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18027 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18028 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18029 as `compose-mail'.
18030
18031 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18032 initial Subject field, respectively.
18033
18034 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18035 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18036 are strings.
18037
18038 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18039 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18040
18041 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18042
18043 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18044 Save draft and send message.
18045
18046 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18047 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18048 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18049 Mail Delivery*\".
18050
18051 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18052 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18053 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18054
18055 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18056 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18057 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18058 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18059 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18060 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18061
18062 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18063 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18064
18065 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18066 message and scan line.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18071 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18072
18073 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18074 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18075 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18076 delete the draft message.
18077
18078 \(fn)" t nil)
18079
18080 ;;;***
18081 \f
18082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18084 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18085
18086 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18087
18088 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18089
18090 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18091
18092 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18093 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18094
18095 \(fn)" t nil)
18096
18097 ;;;***
18098 \f
18099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
18100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18101
18102 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18103 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18104 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18105
18106 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18107 the MH mail system.
18108
18109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18110
18111 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18112 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18113 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18114
18115 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18116 the MH mail system.
18117
18118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18119
18120 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18121 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18122
18123 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18124 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18125 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18126 separate command.
18127
18128 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18129 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18130 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18131 format.
18132
18133 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18134
18135 Ranges
18136 ======
18137 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18138 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18139 can be used in several ways.
18140
18141 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18142 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18143 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18144 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18145 page):
18146
18147 <num1>-<num2>
18148 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18149 The range must be nonempty.
18150
18151 <num>:N
18152 <num>:+N
18153 <num>:-N
18154 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18155 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18156 last.
18157
18158 first:N
18159 prev:N
18160 next:N
18161 last:N
18162 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18163
18164 all
18165 All of the messages.
18166
18167 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18168 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18169
18170 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18171 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18172 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18173
18174 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18175
18176 \(fn)" t nil)
18177
18178 ;;;***
18179 \f
18180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18182
18183 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18184 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18185 See the `midnight-mode' command
18186 for a description of this minor mode.
18187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18189 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18190
18191 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18192
18193 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18194 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18195
18196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18199 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18200 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18201 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18202 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18203 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18204 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18205 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18206 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18207 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18208 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18209
18210 \(fn)" t nil)
18211
18212 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18213 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18214 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18215 to its second argument TM.
18216
18217 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18218
18219 ;;;***
18220 \f
18221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
18222 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18223
18224 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18225 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18226 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18227 for a description of this minor mode.
18228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18230 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18231
18232 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18233
18234 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18235 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18237 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18238 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18239
18240 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18241 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18242 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18243 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18244 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18245 is modified to remove the default indication.
18246
18247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18248
18249 ;;;***
18250 \f
18251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18252 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18253
18254 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18255 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18256 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18257 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18258 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18259 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18260 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18261 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18262 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18263
18264 \(fn)" t nil)
18265
18266 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18267 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18268 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18269 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18270 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18271 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18272 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18273 The return value is always nil.
18274
18275 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18276
18277 ;;;***
18278 \f
18279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18281 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18282
18283 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18284 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18285
18286 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18287 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18288 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18289 next occurrence.
18290
18291 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18292 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18293 end of the search space).
18294
18295 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18296 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18297 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18298 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18299 should return the previous buffer to search.
18300
18301 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18302 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18303 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18304
18305 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18306 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18307 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18308 Isearch starts.")
18309
18310 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18311 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18312 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18313
18314 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18315 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18316 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18317
18318 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18319 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18320
18321 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18322 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18323 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18324
18325 \(fn)" nil nil)
18326
18327 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18328 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18329 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18330 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18331 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18332 whose names match the specified regexp.
18333
18334 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18335
18336 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18337 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18338 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18339 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18340 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18341 whose names match the specified regexp.
18342
18343 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18344
18345 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18346 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18347 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18348 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18349 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18350 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18351 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18352
18353 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18354
18355 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18356 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18357 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18358 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18359 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18360 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18361 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18362
18363 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18364
18365 ;;;***
18366 \f
18367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
18368 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18370 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18371
18372 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18373 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18374
18375 \(fn)" t nil)
18376
18377 ;;;***
18378 \f
18379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
18380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18381
18382 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18383 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18384
18385 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18386
18387 ;;;***
18388 \f
18389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18391
18392 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18393 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18394
18395 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18396
18397 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18398 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18399 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18400 the entire message.
18401 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18402
18403 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18404
18405 ;;;***
18406 \f
18407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18409
18410 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18411 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18412 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18413 the entire message.
18414 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18415
18416 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18417
18418 ;;;***
18419 \f
18420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18422
18423 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18424 Insert file contents of URL.
18425 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18426
18427 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18428
18429 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18430 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18431
18432 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18433
18434 ;;;***
18435 \f
18436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
18437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18438
18439 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18440 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18441 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18442 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18443 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18444
18445 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18448 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18449 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18450
18451 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18452
18453 ;;;***
18454 \f
18455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
18456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18457
18458 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18459 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18460
18461 \(fn)" nil nil)
18462
18463 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18464 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18465 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18466 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18467 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18468
18469 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18470 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18471 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18472 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18473 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18474 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18475
18476 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18477
18478 ;;;***
18479 \f
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
18481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18482
18483 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18484
18485
18486 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18487
18488 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18489
18490
18491 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18492
18493 ;;;***
18494 \f
18495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
18496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18497
18498 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18499
18500
18501 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18502
18503 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18504
18505
18506 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18507
18508 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18509
18510
18511 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18512
18513 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18514
18515
18516 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18517
18518 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18519
18520
18521 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18522
18523 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18524
18525
18526 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18527
18528 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18529
18530
18531 \(fn)" nil nil)
18532
18533 ;;;***
18534 \f
18535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
18536 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18537
18538 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18539
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
18543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18544
18545 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18546
18547 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18548 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18549 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18550 followed by the first character of the construct.
18551 \\<m2-mode-map>
18552 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18553 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18554 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18555 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18556 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18557 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18558 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18559 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18560 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18561 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18562 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18563 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18564 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18565 \\[m2-link] link
18566
18567 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18568 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18569 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18570
18571 \(fn)" t nil)
18572
18573 ;;;***
18574 \f
18575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
18576 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18577
18578 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18579 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18580
18581 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18582
18583 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18584 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18585
18586 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18589 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18590
18591 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18592
18593 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18594 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18595
18596 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18597
18598 ;;;***
18599 \f
18600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
18601 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18602
18603 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18604 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18605
18606 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18607 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18608 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18609
18610 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18611 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18612 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18613
18614 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18615 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18616
18617 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18618 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18619 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18620 hemisphere you're in.)
18621
18622 To test this function, evaluate:
18623 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18624
18625 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18626
18627 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18628 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18629
18630 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18631 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18632
18633 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18634 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18635 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18636
18637 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18638 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18639
18640 To test this function, evaluate:
18641 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18642
18643 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18644
18645 ;;;***
18646 \f
18647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18648 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18649
18650 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18651 Main entry point for MPC.
18652
18653 \(fn)" t nil)
18654
18655 ;;;***
18656 \f
18657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
18658 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18659
18660 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18661 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18662
18663 \(fn)" t nil)
18664
18665 ;;;***
18666 \f
18667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18668 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18669
18670 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18671 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18672 See the `msb-mode' command
18673 for a description of this minor mode.
18674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18676 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18677
18678 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18679
18680 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18681 Toggle Msb mode.
18682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18683 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18684 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18685
18686 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18687 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18688
18689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18690
18691 ;;;***
18692 \f
18693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
18694 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18695 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18696
18697 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display a list of all character sets.
18699
18700 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18701 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18702 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18703 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18704 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18705
18706 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18707 but still shows the full information.
18708
18709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18710
18711 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18712 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18713 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18714
18715 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18716 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18717 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18718 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18719 meanings of these arguments.
18720
18721 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18724 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18725
18726 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18730
18731 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18732
18733 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18734 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18735
18736 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18737
18738 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18739 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18740
18741 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18742 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18743 in place of `..':
18744 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18745 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18746 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18747 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18748 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18749 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18750 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18751 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18752 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18753 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18754 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18755 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18756 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18757 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18758 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18759 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18760
18761 \(fn)" t nil)
18762
18763 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18764 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18765
18766 \(fn)" t nil)
18767
18768 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18769 Display a list of all coding systems.
18770 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18771
18772 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18773 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18774
18775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18776
18777 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18778 Display a list of all coding categories.
18779
18780 \(fn)" nil nil)
18781
18782 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18783 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18784 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18785
18786 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18787
18788 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18789 Display information about FONTSET.
18790 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18791
18792 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18793
18794 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18795 Display a list of all fontsets.
18796 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18797 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18798 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18799
18800 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18801
18802 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18803 Display information about all input methods.
18804
18805 \(fn)" t nil)
18806
18807 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18808 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18809
18810 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18811 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18812 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18813 system which uses fontsets).
18814
18815 \(fn)" t nil)
18816
18817 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18818 Show log of font listing and opening.
18819 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18820 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18821
18822 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18823
18824 ;;;***
18825 \f
18826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
18827 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18829
18830 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18831 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18832
18833 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18834 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18835
18836 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18837 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18838
18839 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18840
18841 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18842 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18843 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18844 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18845 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18846 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18847 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18848
18849 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18850 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18851 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18852 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18853 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18854 middle of a character in STR.
18855
18856 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18857 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18858
18859 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18860 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18861 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18862 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18863 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18864
18865 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18866
18867 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18868 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18869
18870 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18871 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18872 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18873
18874 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18875 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18876 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18877
18878 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18879 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18880 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18881 are considered.
18882 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18883 longer than KEYSEQ.
18884 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18885
18886 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18887
18888 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18889 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18890 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18891 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18892 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18893 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18894 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18895 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18896 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18897 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18898 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18899
18900 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18901
18902 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18903 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18904
18905 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18906
18907 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18908 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18909
18910 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18911
18912 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18913 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18914
18915 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18918 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18919
18920 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18921
18922 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18923 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18924 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18925 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18926 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18927
18928 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18929 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18930
18931 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18932 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18933 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18934 coding systems ordered by priority.
18935
18936 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18937
18938 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18939
18940 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18941 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18942 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18943 language environment LANG-ENV.
18944
18945 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18946
18947 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18948 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18949 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18950 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18951 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18952 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18953
18954 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18955
18956 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
18957 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
18958 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
18959 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
18960 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18961 QUALITY can be:
18962 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
18963 excessive work.
18964 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
18965 part of the file/buffer.
18966 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
18967
18968 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18969
18970 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
18971 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
18972 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
18973 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
18974 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18975 QUALITY can be:
18976 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
18977 excessive work.
18978 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
18979 part of the file/buffer.
18980 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
18981
18982 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18983
18984 ;;;***
18985 \f
18986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
18987 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18988
18989 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18990 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18991
18992 \(fn)" t nil)
18993
18994 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18995 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18996
18997 \(fn)" t nil)
18998
18999 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19000 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19001
19002 \(fn)" t nil)
19003
19004 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19005 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19006
19007 \(fn)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19010 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19011
19012 \(fn)" t nil)
19013
19014 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19015 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19016
19017 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19018
19019 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19020 Ping HOST.
19021 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19022 `ping-program-options'.
19023
19024 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19025
19026 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19027 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19028
19029 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19030
19031 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19032 Run nslookup program.
19033
19034 \(fn)" t nil)
19035
19036 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19037 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19038
19039 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19040
19041 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19042 Run dig program.
19043
19044 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19045
19046 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19047 Run ftp program.
19048
19049 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19050
19051 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19052 Finger USER on HOST.
19053
19054 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19055
19056 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19057 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19058 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19059 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19060
19061 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19062
19063 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19064
19065
19066 \(fn)" t nil)
19067
19068 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19069 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19070
19071 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19072
19073 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19074 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19075
19076 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19077
19078 ;;;***
19079 \f
19080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19082
19083 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19084 Return a user name/password pair.
19085 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19086 listed in the PORTS list.
19087
19088 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091 \f
19092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
19093 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19095
19096 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19097 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19098 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19099 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19100 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19101 closes it.
19102
19103 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19104 make it unique.
19105 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19106 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19107 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19108 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19109 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
19110 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
19111
19112 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19113 values:
19114
19115 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19116 nil or `network'
19117 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19118 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19119 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19120 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19121 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19122 an unencrypted connection.
19123 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19124 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19125 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19126 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19127 returned object is a killed process.
19128 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19129 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19130 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19131
19132 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19133 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19134 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19135 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19136 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19137 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19138 or nil if none could be found.
19139 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19140 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19141
19142 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19143
19144 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19145 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19146 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19147
19148 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19149 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19150 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19151
19152 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19153 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19154 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19155
19156 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19157 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19158 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19159 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19160
19161 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19162 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19163
19164 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19165 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19166 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19167 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19168 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19169 or STARTTLS connections.
19170
19171 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19172 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19173
19174 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19175 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19176
19177 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19178 a greeting from the server.
19179
19180 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
19181 asynchronously, if possible.
19182
19183 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
19184 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
19185 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
19186 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
19187 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
19188
19189 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19190
19191 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19192
19193 ;;;***
19194 \f
19195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
19196 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19198
19199 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19200 Check whether newsticker is running.
19201 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19202 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19203
19204 \(fn)" nil nil)
19205
19206 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19207 Start the newsticker.
19208 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19209 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19210 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19211 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19212
19213 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19214
19215 ;;;***
19216 \f
19217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19218 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19220
19221 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19222 Start newsticker plainview.
19223
19224 \(fn)" t nil)
19225
19226 ;;;***
19227 \f
19228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
19229 ;;;;;; 0))
19230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19231
19232 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19233 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19234
19235 \(fn)" t nil)
19236
19237 ;;;***
19238 \f
19239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
19240 ;;;;;; 0))
19241 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19242
19243 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19244 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19245 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19246 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19247 empty.
19248
19249 \(fn)" nil nil)
19250
19251 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19252 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19253 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19254 running already.
19255
19256 \(fn)" t nil)
19257
19258 ;;;***
19259 \f
19260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
19261 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19263
19264 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19265 Start newsticker treeview.
19266
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19268
19269 ;;;***
19270 \f
19271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19273
19274 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19275 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19276
19277 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19278
19279 ;;;***
19280 \f
19281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19283
19284 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19285 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19286 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19287 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19288 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19289 symbol in the alist.
19290
19291 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19292
19293 ;;;***
19294 \f
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19297
19298 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19299 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19300 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19301
19302 \(fn)" t nil)
19303
19304 ;;;***
19305 \f
19306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
19307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19308
19309 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19310 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19311
19312 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
19317 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19318
19319 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19320
19321 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19322 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19323 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19324
19325 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19326
19327
19328 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19329
19330 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19331 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19332 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19333 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19334 to future sessions.
19335
19336 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19337
19338 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19339 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19340 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19341 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19342 future sessions.
19343
19344 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19345
19346 ;;;***
19347 \f
19348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
19349 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19351
19352 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19353 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19354 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19355 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19356 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19357 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19358
19359 \(fn)" t nil)
19360
19361 ;;;***
19362 \f
19363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19365 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19366
19367 ;;;***
19368 \f
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19371
19372 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19373 Major mode for editing XML.
19374
19375 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19376 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19377 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19378 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19379 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19380 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19381 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19382
19383 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19384
19385 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19386 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19387
19388 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19389 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19390 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19391 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19392 instead of C-c.
19393
19394 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19395 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19396 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19397 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19398 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19399 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19400
19401 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19402 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19403 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19404
19405 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19406 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19407 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19408
19409 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19410 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19411 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19412 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19413 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19414 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19415 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19416 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19417 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19418
19419 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19420
19421 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19422 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19423
19424 \(fn)" t nil)
19425 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19426
19427 ;;;***
19428 \f
19429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
19430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19431
19432 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19433 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19434
19435 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19436 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19437 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19438 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19439
19440 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19441
19442 Key bindings:
19443 \\{octave-mode-map}
19444
19445 \(fn)" t nil)
19446
19447 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19448 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19449 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19450
19451 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19452
19453 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19454 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19455
19456 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19457 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19458 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19459
19460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19461
19462 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19463
19464 ;;;***
19465 \f
19466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
19467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19468
19469 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19470
19471 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19472 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19473 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19474 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19475 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19476
19477 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19478
19479 Customization:
19480
19481 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19482 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19483 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19484 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19485 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19486 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19487 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19488 Directories to search when finding external units.
19489 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19490 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19491
19492 Coloring:
19493
19494 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19495 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19496
19497 \(fn)" t nil)
19498
19499 ;;;***
19500 \f
19501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
19502 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19503
19504 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19505 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19506
19507 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19508
19509 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19510 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19511 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19512 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19513 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19514 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19515
19516 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19517
19518 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19519 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19520 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19521 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19522 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19523
19524 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19525
19526 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19527 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19528
19529 \(fn)" nil nil)
19530
19531 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19532 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19533
19534 \(fn)" nil nil)
19535
19536 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19537 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19538 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19539
19540 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19541 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19542 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19543 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19544 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19545 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19546 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19547 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19548 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19549 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19550
19551 The following commands are available:
19552
19553 \\{org-mode-map}
19554
19555 \(fn)" t nil)
19556
19557 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19558 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19559
19560 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19561 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19562 in special contexts.
19563
19564 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19565 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19566 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19567 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19568 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19569 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19570 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19571 properties in the buffer.
19572 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19573 including any drawers.
19574
19575 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19576
19577 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19578 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19579 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19580 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19581 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19582 and zoom in further.
19583 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19584 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19585
19586 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19587 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19588 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19589 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19590 times right after creating a new headline.
19591
19592 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19593 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19594 is negative, go up that many levels.
19595
19596 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19597 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19598 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19599
19600 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19601 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19602 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19603 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19604
19605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19608 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19609 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19610 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19611
19612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19613 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19614
19615 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19616 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19617 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19618 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19619 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19620 defined by Org-mode).
19621
19622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19623
19624 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19625 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19626
19627 \(fn)" nil nil)
19628
19629 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19630 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19631
19632 \(fn)" nil nil)
19633
19634 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19635 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19636 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19637 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19638 call CMD.
19639
19640 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19643 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19644 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19645 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19646
19647 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19648 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19649 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19650
19651 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19652 part of Org's core.
19653
19654 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19655 active region.
19656
19657 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19658
19659 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19660 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19661 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19662
19663 \(fn)" t nil)
19664
19665 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19666 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19667 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19668 Org-mode syntax.
19669
19670 \(fn)" t nil)
19671
19672 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19673 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19674
19675 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19676
19677 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19678 Switch between Org buffers.
19679 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19680 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19681
19682 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19683 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19684
19685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19686
19687 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19688
19689 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19690
19691 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19692 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19693 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19694 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19695
19696 \(fn)" t nil)
19697
19698 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19699 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19700
19701 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19702
19703 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19704 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19705 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19706
19707 \(fn)" t nil)
19708
19709 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19710 Reload all org lisp files.
19711 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19712
19713 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19714
19715 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19716 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19717
19718 \(fn)" t nil)
19719
19720 ;;;***
19721 \f
19722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
19723 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19724
19725 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19726 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19727
19728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19729
19730 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19731 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19732 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19733 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19734
19735 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19736 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19737 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19738 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19739 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19740 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19741 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19742 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19743 e Export views to associated files.
19744 s Search entries for keywords.
19745 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19746 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19747 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19748 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19749 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19750 > Remove a previous restriction.
19751 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19752 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19753 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19754
19755 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19756 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19757 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19758
19759 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19760 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19761 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19762 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19763 \(if active).
19764
19765 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19766
19767 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19768 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19769 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19770 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19771 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19772 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19773 before running the agenda command.
19774
19775 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19776
19777 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19778 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19779 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19780 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19781 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19782 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19783 before running the agenda command.
19784
19785 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19786 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19787
19788 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19789
19790 category The category of the item
19791 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19792 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19793 todo selected in TODO match
19794 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19795 diary imported from diary
19796 deadline a deadline on given date
19797 scheduled scheduled on given date
19798 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19799 closed entry was closed on given date
19800 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19801 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19802 block entry has date block including g. date
19803 todo The todo keyword, if any
19804 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19805 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19806 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19807 extra Sting with extra planning info
19808 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19809 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19810 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19811
19812 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19813
19814 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19815 Store agenda views.
19816
19817 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19818
19819 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19820 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19821
19822 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19823
19824 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19825 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19826 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19827 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19828
19829 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19830 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19831 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19832
19833 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19834 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19835
19836 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19837 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19838
19839 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19840
19841 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19842 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19843
19844 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19845 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19846 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19847 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19848 EDIT-AT.
19849
19850 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19851 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19852 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19853 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19854 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19855 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19856
19857 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19858 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19859 including newlines.
19860
19861 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19862 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19863 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19864 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19865 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19866 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19867 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19868
19869 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19870 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19871 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19872 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19873
19874 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19875 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19876 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19877 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19878 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19879 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19880 Boolean search must match as full words.
19881
19882 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19883 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19884
19885 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19886
19887 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19888 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19889 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19890 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19891 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19892 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19893
19894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19895
19896 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19897 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19898 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19899
19900 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19901
19902 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19903 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19904 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19905 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19906 `org-stuck-projects'.
19907
19908 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19909
19910 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19911 Return diary information from org files.
19912 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19913 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19914 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19915 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19916 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19917
19918 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19919
19920 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19921
19922 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19923 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19924
19925 &%%(org-diary)
19926
19927 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19928 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19929 So the example above may also be written as
19930
19931 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19932
19933 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19934 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19935 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19936
19937 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19938
19939 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19940 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19941
19942 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19943
19944 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19945 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19946 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
19947 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
19948 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19949
19950 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19951
19952 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19953 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19954 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19955
19956 \(fn)" t nil)
19957
19958 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19959 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19960 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19961 appointments.
19962
19963 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19964 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19965
19966 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19967 for filtering entries out.
19968
19969 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19970 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19971 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19972
19973 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19974 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
19975
19976 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19977 (category \"Work\"))
19978
19979 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19980 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19981
19982 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19983 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19984 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19985 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19986 details and examples.
19987
19988 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19989 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19990
19991 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19992
19993 ;;;***
19994 \f
19995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
19996 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19997
19998 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19999 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20000
20001 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20002
20003 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20004 Capture something.
20005 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20006 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20007 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20008 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20009 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20010 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20011
20012 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20013 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20014 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20015 stored.
20016
20017 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20018
20019 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20020 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20021 will be bypassed.
20022
20023 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20024 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20025 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20026 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20027
20028 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20029
20030 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20031 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20032
20033 \(fn)" t nil)
20034
20035 ;;;***
20036 \f
20037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
20038 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20039
20040 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20041 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20042
20043 \(fn)" t nil)
20044
20045 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20046
20047
20048 \(fn)" nil nil)
20049
20050 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20051 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20052 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20053
20054 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20055
20056 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20057 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20058
20059 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20060
20061 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20062 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20063
20064 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20065
20066 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20067 Write the column view table.
20068 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20069
20070 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20071 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20072 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20073 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20074 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20075 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20076 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20077 using `org-id-find'.
20078 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20079 a hline before each level <= that number.
20080 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20081 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20082 :skip-empty-rows
20083 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20084 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20085
20086 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20087
20088 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20089 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20090
20091 \(fn)" t nil)
20092
20093 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20094 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20095
20096 \(fn)" t nil)
20097
20098 ;;;***
20099 \f
20100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20101 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20102
20103 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20104 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20105
20106 \(fn)" nil t)
20107
20108 ;;;***
20109 \f
20110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20112
20113 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20114 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20115
20116 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20117
20118 ;;;***
20119 \f
20120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
20121 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20122
20123 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20124 The release version of org-mode.
20125 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20126
20127 \(fn)" nil nil)
20128
20129 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20130 The Git version of org-mode.
20131 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20132
20133 \(fn)" nil nil)
20134
20135 ;;;***
20136 \f
20137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
20138 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20139 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20140 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20141
20142 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20143 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20144 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20145 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20146
20147 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20148 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20149 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20150 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20151
20152 \\{outline-mode-map}
20153 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20154 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20155 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20156 are used when point is on a heading line.
20157
20158 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20159 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20160 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20161
20162 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20163 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20164
20165 \(fn)" t nil)
20166
20167 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20168 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20172
20173 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20174
20175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20176 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20177
20178 ;;;***
20179 \f
20180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
20181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20182 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20183
20184 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20185 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20186 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20187 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20188 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20189
20190 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20191 activate the package system at any time.")
20192
20193 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20194
20195 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20196 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20197 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20198 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20199 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20200 it to the file.
20201 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20202 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20203 loading packages twice.
20204 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20205 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20206 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20207
20208 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20209
20210 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20211 Import keys from FILE.
20212
20213 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20214
20215 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20216 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20217 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20218 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20219 and make them available for download.
20220 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20221 downloads in the background.
20222
20223 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20224
20225 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20226 Install the package PKG.
20227 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20228 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20229
20230 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20231 `package-selected-packages'.
20232
20233 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20234 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20235
20236 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20237
20238 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20239 Install a package from the current buffer.
20240 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20241 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20242 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20243
20244 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20245 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20246 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20247
20248 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20249
20250 \(fn)" t nil)
20251
20252 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20253 Install a package from a file.
20254 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20255 directory.
20256
20257 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20258
20259 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20260 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20261 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20262
20263 \(fn)" t nil)
20264
20265 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20266 Reinstall package PKG.
20267 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20268 object.
20269
20270 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20271
20272 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20273 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20274
20275 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20276 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20277 will be deleted.
20278
20279 \(fn)" t nil)
20280
20281 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20282 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20283
20284 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20285
20286 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20287 Display a list of packages.
20288 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20289 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20290 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20291
20292 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20293
20294 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20295
20296 ;;;***
20297 \f
20298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20300
20301 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20302 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20303 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20304 for a description of this minor mode.
20305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20307 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20308
20309 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20310
20311 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20312 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20314 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20315 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20316
20317 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20318 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20319 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20320
20321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20322
20323 ;;;***
20324 \f
20325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
20326 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20327 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20328 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20329
20330 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20331 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20332 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
20333 \"Fri, 25 Mar 2016 16:24:56 +0100\", but this function is
20334 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
20335 return a \"likely\" value even for somewhat malformed strings.
20336 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
20337 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
20338
20339 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20340
20341 ;;;***
20342 \f
20343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20345
20346 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20347 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20348 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20349
20350 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20351 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20352
20353 Other useful functions are:
20354
20355 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20356 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20357 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20358 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20359 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20360 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20361 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20362 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20363 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20364
20365 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20366
20367 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20368 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20369 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20370 Indentation for case statements.
20371 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20372 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20373 mark after an end.
20374 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20375 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20376 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20377 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20378 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20379 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20380 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20381 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20382 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20383 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20384
20385 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20386 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20387
20388 \(fn)" t nil)
20389
20390 ;;;***
20391 \f
20392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
20393 ;;;;;; 0))
20394 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20395
20396 (defvar password-cache t "\
20397 Whether to cache passwords.")
20398
20399 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20400
20401 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20402 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20403 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20404
20405 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20406
20407 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20408 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20409
20410 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
20415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20416
20417 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20418 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20419 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20420
20421 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20422 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20423 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20424 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20425
20426 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20427 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20428 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20429
20430 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20431 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20432 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20433 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20434 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20435 quoted.)
20436
20437 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20438 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20439 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20440 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20441
20442 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20443
20444 _ matches anything.
20445 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20446 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20447 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20448 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20449 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20450 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20451 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20452 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20453 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20454 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20455 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20456 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20457
20458 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20459
20460 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20461 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20462 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20463 which is the value being matched.
20464 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20465 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20466
20467 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20468 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20469
20470 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20471
20472 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20475 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20476
20477 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20478
20479 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20480
20481 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20482 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20483 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20484 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20485 variable name being but a special case of it).
20486
20487 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20488
20489 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20490
20491 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20492
20493 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20494 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20495 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20496 of the form (PAT EXP).
20497
20498 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20499
20500 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20501
20502 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20503 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20504 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20505 of the form (PAT EXP).
20506 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20507 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20508 any kind of error.
20509
20510 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20511
20512 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20513
20514 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20515
20516
20517 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20518
20519 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20520
20521 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20522 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20523 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20524 to this macro.
20525
20526 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20527
20528 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20529
20530 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20531
20532 ;;;***
20533 \f
20534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20535 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20536
20537 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20538 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20539
20540 \(fn)" nil nil)
20541
20542 ;;;***
20543 \f
20544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
20545 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20546
20547 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20548 Completion for `gzip'.
20549
20550 \(fn)" nil nil)
20551
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20553 Completion for `bzip2'.
20554
20555 \(fn)" nil nil)
20556
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20558 Completion for GNU `make'.
20559
20560 \(fn)" nil nil)
20561
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20563 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20564
20565 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20568 Completion for the GNU find utility.
20569
20570 \(fn)" nil nil)
20571
20572 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20573
20574 ;;;***
20575 \f
20576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
20577 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20578
20579 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20580 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20581
20582 \(fn)" nil nil)
20583
20584 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20585 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20586
20587 \(fn)" nil nil)
20588
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20590 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20591
20592 \(fn)" nil nil)
20593
20594 ;;;***
20595 \f
20596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
20597 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20598
20599 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20600 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20601
20602 \(fn)" nil nil)
20603
20604 ;;;***
20605 \f
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20608
20609 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20610 Completion for `cd'.
20611
20612 \(fn)" nil nil)
20613
20614 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20615
20616 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20617 Completion for `rmdir'.
20618
20619 \(fn)" nil nil)
20620
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20622 Completion for `rm'.
20623
20624 \(fn)" nil nil)
20625
20626 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20627 Completion for `xargs'.
20628
20629 \(fn)" nil nil)
20630
20631 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20632
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20634 Completion for `which'.
20635
20636 \(fn)" nil nil)
20637
20638 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20639 Completion for the `chown' command.
20640
20641 \(fn)" nil nil)
20642
20643 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20644 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20645
20646 \(fn)" nil nil)
20647
20648 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20649 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20650
20651 \(fn)" nil nil)
20652
20653 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20654 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20655 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20656
20657 \(fn)" nil nil)
20658
20659 ;;;***
20660 \f
20661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
20662 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20663
20664 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20665 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20666
20667 \(fn)" nil nil)
20668
20669 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20670 Completion for the `ack' command.
20671 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20672 long options.
20673
20674 \(fn)" nil nil)
20675
20676 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20677
20678 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20679 Completion for the `ag' command.
20680
20681 \(fn)" nil nil)
20682
20683 ;;;***
20684 \f
20685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
20686 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20687
20688 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20689 Support extensible programmable completion.
20690 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20691 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20692
20693 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20694
20695 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20696 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20697
20698 \(fn)" t nil)
20699
20700 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20701 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20702 This will modify the current buffer.
20703
20704 \(fn)" t nil)
20705
20706 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20707 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20708
20709 \(fn)" t nil)
20710
20711 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20712 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20713 This will modify the current buffer.
20714
20715 \(fn)" t nil)
20716
20717 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20718 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20719
20720 \(fn)" t nil)
20721
20722 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20723 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20724
20725 \(fn)" t nil)
20726
20727 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20728 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20729 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20730 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20731 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20732
20733 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20734
20735 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20736 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20737
20738 \(fn)" nil nil)
20739
20740 ;;;***
20741 \f
20742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20744
20745 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20746 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20747 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20748 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20749
20750 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20751
20752 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20753
20754 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20755 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20756 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20757 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20758 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20759 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20760 FLAGS is ignored.
20761
20762 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20763
20764 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20765 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20766 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20767 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20768 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20769 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20770 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20771 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20772
20773 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20774
20775 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20776 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20777 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20778 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20779 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20780 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20781 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20782 passed to cvs.
20783
20784 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20785
20786 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20787 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20788 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20789 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20790 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20791 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20792 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20793
20794 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20795
20796 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20797 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20798 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20799
20800 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20801
20802 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20803 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20804 A value of nil means never do it.
20805 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20806 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20807 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20808
20809 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20810
20811 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20812 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20813 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20814
20815 ;;;***
20816 \f
20817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20818 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20819
20820 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20821 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20822
20823 ;;;***
20824 \f
20825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
20826 ;;;;;; 0))
20827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20828 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20829 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20830 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20831 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20832 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20833 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20834
20835 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20836 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20837 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20838 Tab indents for Perl code.
20839 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20840 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20841 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20842 \\{perl-mode-map}
20843 Variables controlling indentation style:
20844 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20845 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20846 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20847 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20848 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20849 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20850 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20851 `perl-nochange'
20852 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20853 `perl-indent-level'
20854 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20855 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20856 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20857 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20858 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20859 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20860 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20861 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20862 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20863 `perl-brace-offset'
20864 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20865 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20866 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20867 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20868 `perl-label-offset'
20869 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20870 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20871 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20872
20873 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20874 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20875 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20876 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20877 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20878 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20879 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20880
20881 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20882
20883 \(fn)" t nil)
20884
20885 ;;;***
20886 \f
20887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
20888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20889
20890 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20891 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20892 \\<picture-mode-map>
20893 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20894 afterwards settable by these commands:
20895
20896 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20897 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20898 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20899 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20900
20901 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20902 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20903 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20904 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20905
20906 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20907 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20908 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20909 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20910
20911 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20912 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20913 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20914 with these commands:
20915
20916 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20917 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20918 Move to column following last
20919 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20920 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20921 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20922 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20923 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20924 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20925
20926 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20927
20928 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20929 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20930 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20931 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20932 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20933 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20934
20935 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20936 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20937 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20938 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20939 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20940 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20941 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20942
20943 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20944 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20945 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20946 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20947 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20948 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20949 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20950 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20951
20952 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20953 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20954 by supplying an argument.
20955
20956 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20957
20958 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20959 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20960
20961 \(fn)" t nil)
20962
20963 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20964
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
20968 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
20969 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20970
20971 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
20972 Start a Pinentry service.
20973
20974 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
20975 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
20976
20977 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
20978 will not be shown.
20979
20980 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
20981
20982 ;;;***
20983 \f
20984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
20986
20987 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20988 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20989
20990 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20991
20992 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20993 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20994
20995 \(fn)" t nil)
20996
20997 ;;;***
20998 \f
20999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
21000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21001
21002 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21003 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21004 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21005
21006 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21007
21008 ;;;***
21009 \f
21010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
21011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21012
21013 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21014 Play pong and waste time.
21015 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21016 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21017
21018 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21019
21020 \\{pong-mode-map}
21021
21022 \(fn)" t nil)
21023
21024 ;;;***
21025 \f
21026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
21027 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
21028
21029 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21030 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21031 Use streaming commands.
21032
21033 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21034
21035 ;;;***
21036 \f
21037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
21038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21039
21040 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21041 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21042 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21043 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21044
21045 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21046
21047 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21048 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21049
21050 \(fn)" nil nil)
21051
21052 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21053 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21054 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21055 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21056 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21057
21058 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21059
21060 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21061 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21062 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21063
21064 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21065
21066 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21067 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21068
21069 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21072 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21073 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21074 Ignores leading comment characters.
21075
21076 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21079 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21080 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21081 Ignores leading comment characters.
21082
21083 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21084
21085 ;;;***
21086 \f
21087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
21088 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21089 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21090
21091 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21092 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21093
21094 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21095
21096 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21097
21098 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21099
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21101 Preview directory using ghostview.
21102
21103 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21104 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21105 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21106 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21107
21108 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21109 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21110 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21111 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21112 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21113 file name.
21114
21115 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21116
21117 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21120 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21121
21122 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21123 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21124 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21125 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21126
21127 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21128 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21129 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21130 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21131 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21132 file name.
21133
21134 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21135
21136 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21139 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21140
21141 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21142 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21143 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21144 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21145
21146 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21147 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21148 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21149 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21150 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21151 file name.
21152
21153 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21154
21155 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21158 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21159
21160 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21161
21162 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21163 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21164 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21165 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21166
21167 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21168 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21169 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21170 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21171 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21172 file name.
21173
21174 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21175
21176 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21177
21178 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21179 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21180
21181 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21182 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21183 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21184
21185 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21186 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21187 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21188 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21189
21190 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21191
21192 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21193 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21194
21195 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21196 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21197 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21198
21199 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21200 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21201 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21202 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21203
21204 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21207 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21208
21209 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21210 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21211 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21212
21213 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21214 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21215 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21216 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21217
21218 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21221 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21222
21223 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21224
21225 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21226 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21227 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21228
21229 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21230 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21231 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21232 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21233
21234 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21237 Preview region using ghostview.
21238
21239 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21240
21241 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21242
21243 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21244 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21245
21246 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21247
21248 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21249
21250 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21251 Print region using PostScript printer.
21252
21253 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21254
21255 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21258 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21259
21260 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21261
21262 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21265 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21266
21267 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21268
21269 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21272 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21273
21274 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21275
21276 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21279 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21280
21281 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21282
21283 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21286 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21287
21288 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21289
21290 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21293 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21294 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21295 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21296
21297 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21298 matching.
21299
21300 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21301 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21302
21303 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21304
21305 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21308 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21309 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21310 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21311
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21315 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21316 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21317 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21318
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21322 Print directory using text printer.
21323
21324 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21325 matching.
21326
21327 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21328 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21329
21330 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21331
21332 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21335 Print buffer using text printer.
21336
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21340 Print region using text printer.
21341
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21345 Print major mode using text printer.
21346
21347 \(fn)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21350 Preview spooled PostScript.
21351
21352 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21353 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21354 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21355
21356 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21357 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21358 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21359
21360 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21363 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21364
21365 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21366 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21367 instead of sending it to the printer.
21368
21369 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21370 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21371 image in a file with that name.
21372
21373 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21374
21375 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21376 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21377
21378 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21379 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21380 instead of sending it to the printer.
21381
21382 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21383 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21384 image in a file with that name.
21385
21386 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21387
21388 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21389 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21390
21391 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21392 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21393 instead of sending it to the printer.
21394
21395 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21396 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21397 image in a file with that name.
21398
21399 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21402 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21403
21404 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21407 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21408
21409 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21412 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21413
21414 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21417 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21418
21419 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21422 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21423
21424 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21427 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21428
21429 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21430 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21431 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21432 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21433
21434 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21435 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21436 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21437 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21438 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21439 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21440 file name.
21441
21442 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21443
21444 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21445 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21446
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21448
21449 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21450 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21451
21452 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21453 right.
21454 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21455 bottom.
21456
21457 \(fn)" t nil)
21458
21459 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21460 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21461
21462 \(fn)" t nil)
21463
21464 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21465 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21466
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21468
21469 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21470 Toggle printing with faces.
21471
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21473
21474 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21475 Toggle spooling.
21476
21477 \(fn)" t nil)
21478
21479 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21480 Toggle duplex.
21481
21482 \(fn)" t nil)
21483
21484 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21485 Toggle tumble.
21486
21487 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21488 right.
21489 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21490 bottom.
21491
21492 \(fn)" t nil)
21493
21494 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21495 Toggle landscape.
21496
21497 \(fn)" t nil)
21498
21499 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21500 Toggle upside-down.
21501
21502 \(fn)" t nil)
21503
21504 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21505 Toggle line number.
21506
21507 \(fn)" t nil)
21508
21509 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21510 Toggle zebra stripes.
21511
21512 \(fn)" t nil)
21513
21514 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21515 Toggle printing header.
21516
21517 \(fn)" t nil)
21518
21519 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21520 Toggle printing header frame.
21521
21522 \(fn)" t nil)
21523
21524 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21525 Toggle menu lock.
21526
21527 \(fn)" t nil)
21528
21529 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21530 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21531
21532 \(fn)" t nil)
21533
21534 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21535 Toggle auto mode.
21536
21537 \(fn)" t nil)
21538
21539 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21540 Customization of the `printing' group.
21541
21542 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21543
21544 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21545 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21546
21547 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21548
21549 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21550 Help for the printing package.
21551
21552 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21553
21554 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21555 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21556
21557 \(fn)" t nil)
21558
21559 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21560 Interactively select a text printer.
21561
21562 \(fn)" t nil)
21563
21564 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21565 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21566
21567 \(fn)" t nil)
21568
21569 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21570 Show current ps-print settings.
21571
21572 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21573
21574 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21575 Show current printing settings.
21576
21577 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21578
21579 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21580 Show current lpr settings.
21581
21582 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21583
21584 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21585 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21586
21587 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21588 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21589 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21590 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21591
21592
21593 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21594
21595 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21596 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21597 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21598
21599 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21600 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21601 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21602 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21603 current active printer.
21604
21605 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21606 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21607 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21608 printer.
21609
21610 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21611 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21612 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21613 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21614 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21615
21616
21617 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21618 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21619
21620 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21621
21622 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21623 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21624 be done using the new current active printer.
21625
21626 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21627 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21628 printer.
21629
21630 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21631 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21632 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21633 instead of sending it to the printer.
21634
21635 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21636 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21637 printer.
21638
21639 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21640
21641
21642 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21643 are both set to t.
21644
21645 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21646
21647 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21648 Fast fire function for text printing.
21649
21650 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21651 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21652 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21653 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21654
21655 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21656 user for a new active text printer.
21657
21658 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21659
21660 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21661
21662 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21663 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21664 printer.
21665
21666 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21667
21668 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21669 are both set to t.
21670
21671 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21672
21673 ;;;***
21674 \f
21675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
21676 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21677
21678 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21679 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21680 \\<proced-mode-map>
21681 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21682 the process information.
21683
21684 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21685
21686 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21687 Proced buffers.
21688
21689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21690
21691 ;;;***
21692 \f
21693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
21694 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21695
21696 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21697 Start/restart profilers.
21698 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21699 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21700 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21701
21702 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21703
21704 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21705 Open profile FILENAME.
21706
21707 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21708
21709 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21710 Open profile FILENAME.
21711
21712 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21713
21714 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21715 Open profile FILENAME.
21716
21717 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21718
21719 ;;;***
21720 \f
21721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
21722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21723
21724 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21725 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21726 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21727 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
21728 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
21729 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
21730
21731 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21734 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
21735 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21736 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21737
21738 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21739
21740 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
21741 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
21742 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21743 pattern to search for.
21744
21745 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
21748 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
21749 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21750 recognized.
21751
21752 \(fn)" t nil)
21753
21754 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
21755 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
21756 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21757 recognized.
21758
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21760
21761 ;;;***
21762 \f
21763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
21764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21765
21766 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21767 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21768
21769 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21770 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21771
21772 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21773
21774 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21775 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21776
21777 Commands:
21778 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21779
21780 \(fn)" t nil)
21781
21782 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21783 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21784 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21785
21786 \(fn)" t nil)
21787
21788 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21789 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21790 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21791
21792 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21793
21794 ;;;***
21795 \f
21796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
21797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21798
21799 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21800 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21801 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21802
21803 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21804
21805 ;;;***
21806 \f
21807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21809 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21810
21811 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21812 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21813
21814 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21815
21816 The following variables hold user options, and can
21817 be set through the `customize' command:
21818
21819 `ps-mode-tab'
21820 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21821 `ps-mode-print-function'
21822 `ps-run-prompt'
21823 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21824 `ps-run-x'
21825 `ps-run-dumb'
21826 `ps-run-init'
21827 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21828 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21829
21830 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21831
21832
21833 \\{ps-mode-map}
21834
21835
21836 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21837 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21838 The keymap for this second window is:
21839
21840 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21841
21842
21843 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21844 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21845 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21846 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21847 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21848
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21850
21851 ;;;***
21852 \f
21853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
21854 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21855 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21856
21857 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21858 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21859 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21860
21861 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21862
21863 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21864 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21865 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21866 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21867
21868 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21869
21870 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21871 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21872
21873 Valid values are:
21874
21875 nil Do not print colors.
21876
21877 t Print colors.
21878
21879 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21880 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21881
21882 Any other value is treated as t.")
21883
21884 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21885
21886 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21887 Customization of ps-print group.
21888
21889 \(fn)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21892 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21893
21894 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21895 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21896 sending it to the printer.
21897
21898 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21899 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21900 image in a file with that name.
21901
21902 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21903
21904 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21905 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21906 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21907 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21908 so it has a way to determine color values.
21909
21910 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21911
21912 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21913 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21914 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21915
21916 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21917
21918 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21919 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21920 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21921 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21922 so it has a way to determine color values.
21923
21924 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21925
21926 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21927 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21928 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21929 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21930
21931 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21932
21933 \(fn)" t nil)
21934
21935 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21936 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21937 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21938 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21939 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21940
21941 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21942
21943 \(fn)" t nil)
21944
21945 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21946 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21947 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21948
21949 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21950
21951 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21952
21953 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21954 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21955 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21956 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21957 so it has a way to determine color values.
21958
21959 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21960
21961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21962
21963 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21964 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21965
21966 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21967 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21968 instead of sending it to the printer.
21969
21970 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21971 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21972 image in a file with that name.
21973
21974 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21975
21976 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21977 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21978 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21979 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
21980 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
21981
21982 \(fn)" t nil)
21983
21984 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21985 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21986 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21987
21988 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21989
21990 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21991 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21992 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21993
21994 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21995
21996 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21997 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21998
21999 \(fn)" nil nil)
22000
22001 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22002 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22003
22004 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22005 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22006
22007 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22008 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22009
22010 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22011
22012 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22013
22014 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22015
22016 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22017 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22018
22019 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22020 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22021
22022 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22023 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22024
22025 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22026
22027 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22028
22029 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22030
22031 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22032 foreground and background colors respectively.
22033
22034 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22035 bold - use bold font.
22036 italic - use italic font.
22037 underline - put a line under text.
22038 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22039 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22040 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22041 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22042 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22043
22044 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22045
22046 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22047
22048 ;;;***
22049 \f
22050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22051 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22052 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22053
22054 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22055 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22056 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22057
22058 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22059
22060 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22061 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22062 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22063
22064 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22065
22066 ;;;***
22067 \f
22068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22070 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22071
22072 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22073
22074 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22075
22076 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22077 Run an inferior Python process.
22078
22079 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22080 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22081 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22082 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22083 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22084
22085 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22086 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22087 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22088 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22089
22090 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22091 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22092 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22093
22094 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22095
22096 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22097 Major mode for editing Python files.
22098
22099 \\{python-mode-map}
22100
22101 \(fn)" t nil)
22102
22103 ;;;***
22104 \f
22105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22106 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
22107
22108 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22109 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22110 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22111 coding-system.
22112
22113 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22114 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22115
22116 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22117 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22118 them into characters should be done separately.
22119
22120 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22121
22122 ;;;***
22123 \f
22124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22126
22127 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22128 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22129
22130 \(fn)" nil nil)
22131
22132 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22133 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22134 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22135
22136 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22137 `quail-activate', which see.
22138
22139 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22140
22141 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22142 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22143 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22144 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22145 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22146 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22147 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22148
22149 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22150 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22151 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22152 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22153 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22154 shown.
22155 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22156
22157 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22158 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22159 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22160 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22161 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22162 list of candidates.
22163
22164 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22165 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22166 command to be called.
22167
22168 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22169 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22170 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22171 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22172
22173 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22174 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22175 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22176 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22177 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22178 to t.
22179
22180 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22181 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22182 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22183 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22184
22185 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22186 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22187 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22188 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22189 defines no translations for single character keys.
22190
22191 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22192 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22193 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22194 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22195 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22196 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22197
22198 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22199 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22200 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22201 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22202 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22203 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22204
22205 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22206 covers Quail translation region.
22207
22208 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22209 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22210 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22211 for it) is inserted.
22212
22213 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22214 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22215 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22216
22217 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22218 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22219 non-Quail commands.
22220
22221 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22222
22223 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22224 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22225
22226 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22227 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22228 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22229 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22230 you type is correctly handled.
22231
22232 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22233
22234 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22235 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22236
22237 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22238 keyboard type.
22239
22240 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22241
22242 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22243 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22244 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22245 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22246 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22247 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22248 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22249 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22250 for the translation.
22251 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22252
22253 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22254 it is used to handle KEY.
22255
22256 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22257 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22258 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22259 the following annotation types are supported.
22260
22261 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22262 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22263
22264 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22265 candidate list.
22266
22267 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22268 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22269 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22270 inserted.
22271
22272 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22273 generated for the following translations.
22274
22275 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22276
22277 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22278 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22279
22280 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22281 which to install MAP.
22282
22283 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22284
22285 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22286
22287 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22288 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22289
22290 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22291 which to install MAP.
22292
22293 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22294
22295 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22296
22297 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22298 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22299 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22300 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22301 a function, or a cons.
22302 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22303 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22304 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22305 for the translation.
22306 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22307 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22308 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22309 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22310 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22311
22312 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22313 it is used to handle KEY.
22314
22315 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22316 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22317 current Quail package.
22318
22319 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22320 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22321
22322 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22323
22324 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22325 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22326
22327 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22328 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22329
22330 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22331
22332 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22333 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22334
22335 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22336
22337 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22338 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22339 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22340 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22341 of the Emacs source tree.
22342
22343 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22344 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22345
22346 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22347 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22348 of each directory.
22349
22350 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22351
22352 ;;;***
22353 \f
22354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
22355 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22356 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22357
22358 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22359 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22360 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22361 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22362
22363 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22364
22365 ;;;***
22366 \f
22367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22368 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22369 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22370
22371 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22372 Activate UCS input method.
22373 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22374
22375 While this input method is active, the variable
22376 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22377
22378 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22379
22380 ;;;***
22381 \f
22382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22383 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22384
22385 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22386 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22387 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22388 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22389
22390 To make use of this do something like:
22391
22392 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22393
22394 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22395
22396 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22397 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22398
22399 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22400 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22401 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22402
22403 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22404
22405 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22406 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22407
22408 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22409
22410 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22411 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22412
22413 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22414 is decided.
22415
22416 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22417
22418 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22419 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22420
22421 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22422 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22423 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22424
22425 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22426
22427 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22428 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22429
22430 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22431
22432 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22433 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22434
22435 \(fn)" t nil)
22436
22437 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22438 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22439
22440 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22441
22442 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22443
22444 \(fn)" t nil)
22445
22446 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22447 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22448
22449 \(fn)" t nil)
22450
22451 ;;;***
22452 \f
22453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22455
22456 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22457 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22458
22459 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22460
22461 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22462
22463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22464
22465 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22466
22467 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22468
22469
22470 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
22471
22472 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22473 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22474 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22475 for a description of this minor mode.
22476 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22477 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22478 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22479
22480 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22481
22482 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22483 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22485 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22486 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22487
22488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22489
22490 ;;;***
22491 \f
22492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
22493 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22495
22496 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22497
22498 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22499 Construct a regexp interactively.
22500 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22501 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22502 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22503
22504 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22505 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22506
22507 \(fn)" t nil)
22508
22509 ;;;***
22510 \f
22511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
22512 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22513
22514 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22515 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22516 See the `recentf-mode' command
22517 for a description of this minor mode.
22518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22520 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22521
22522 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22523
22524 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22525 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22528 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22529
22530 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22531 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22532 were operated on recently.
22533
22534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22535
22536 ;;;***
22537 \f
22538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
22539 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22540
22541 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22542 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22543 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22544 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22545 ends.
22546
22547 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22548 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22549 to be deleted.
22550
22551 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22552
22553 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22554 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22555 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22556
22557 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22558 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22559 deleted.
22560
22561 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22562
22563 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22564 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22565 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22566
22567 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22568
22569 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22570 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22571
22572 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22573 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22574
22575 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22576 deleted.
22577
22578 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22579 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22580 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22581 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22582 even beep.)
22583
22584 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22585
22586 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22587 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22588
22589 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22590
22591 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22592 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22593
22594 \(fn)" t nil)
22595
22596 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22597 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22598 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22599 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22600 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22601 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22602 and point is at the lower right corner.
22603
22604 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22605
22606 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22607 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22608
22609 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22610 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22611
22612 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22613 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22614 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22615
22616 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22617
22618 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22619
22620 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22621 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22622 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22623 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22624 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22625
22626 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22627 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22628
22629 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22630
22631 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22632 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22633 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22634
22635 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22636
22637 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22638
22639 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22640
22641 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22642 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22643
22644 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22645 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22646 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22647
22648 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22649
22650 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22651 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22652 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22653
22654 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22655 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22656 rectangle which were empty.
22657
22658 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22661 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22662
22663 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22664 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22665 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22666 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22667
22668 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22669
22670 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22671 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22672 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22673
22674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22675
22676 ;;;***
22677 \f
22678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22680
22681 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22682 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22684 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22685 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22686
22687 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22688 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22689 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22690 auto-filling.
22691
22692 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22693
22694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22695
22696 ;;;***
22697 \f
22698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22699 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22700 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22701 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22702 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22703 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22704
22705 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22706 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22707
22708 \(fn)" nil nil)
22709
22710 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22711 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22712
22713 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22714 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22715
22716 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22717 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22718 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22719 \\ref macro.
22720
22721 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22722 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22723 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22724
22725 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22726 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22727 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22728
22729 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22730 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22731
22732 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22733 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22734
22735 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22736 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22737 on the menu bar.
22738
22739 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22740
22741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22742
22743 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22744 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22745 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22746
22747 \(fn)" nil nil)
22748
22749 ;;;***
22750 \f
22751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
22752 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22754 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22755 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22756 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22757 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22758
22759 ;;;***
22760 \f
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
22762 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22764
22765 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22766 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22767 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22768 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22769 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22770 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22771
22772 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22773 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22774
22775 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22776 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22777 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22778 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22779
22780 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22781
22782 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22783 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22784 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22785 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22786
22787 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22788
22789 ;;;***
22790 \f
22791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22793 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22794
22795 ;;;***
22796 \f
22797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
22798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22799 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22800
22801 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22802 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22803 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22804 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22805
22806 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22807
22808 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22809
22810 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22811 Call `remember' in another frame.
22812
22813 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22814
22815 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22816 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22817 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22818
22819 \(fn)" t nil)
22820
22821 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22822 Extract diary entries from the region.
22823
22824 \(fn)" nil nil)
22825
22826 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22827 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22828 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22829 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22830
22831 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22832
22833 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22834 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22835 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22836 minor mode.
22837
22838 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22839
22840 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22841 Return the buffer.
22842
22843 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22844 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22845 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22846
22847 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22848
22849 ;;;***
22850 \f
22851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
22852 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22853 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22854
22855 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22856 Repeat most recently executed command.
22857 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22858 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22859 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22860
22861 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22862 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22863 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22864 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22865
22866 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22867 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22868 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22869
22870 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22871
22872 ;;;***
22873 \f
22874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22876
22877 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22878 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22879
22880 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22881 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22882 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22883 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22884 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22885 and point is left after the salutation.
22886
22887 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22888 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22889 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22890 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22891 left after that text.
22892
22893 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22894 is non-nil.
22895
22896 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22897 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22898 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22899 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22900
22901 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22902
22903 ;;;***
22904 \f
22905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
22906 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22907
22908 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22909 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22910 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22911 visibility of comments that precede it.
22912 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22913 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22914 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22915 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22916 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22917 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22918 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22919 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22920 the comment lines.
22921 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22922 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22923 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22924 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22925 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22926
22927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22928
22929 ;;;***
22930 \f
22931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22932 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22933
22934 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22935 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22937 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22938 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22939
22940 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22941 reveals invisible text around point.
22942
22943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22944
22945 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22946 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
22947 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
22948 for a description of this minor mode.
22949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22951 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22952
22953 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22954
22955 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22956 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22957 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22958
22959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22962
22963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22964
22965 ;;;***
22966 \f
22967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
22968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22969
22970 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22971 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22972
22973 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22974
22975 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22976 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22977
22978 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22979
22980 ;;;***
22981 \f
22982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
22983 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22984
22985 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22986 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22987 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22988 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22989
22990 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22991
22992 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22993 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22994 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22995 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22996
22997 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22998 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22999
23000 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23001 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23002
23003 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23004 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23005 INPUT-ARGS.
23006
23007 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23008 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23009 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23010 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23011 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23012
23013 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23014 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23015 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23016 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23017
23018 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23019 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23020 variable.
23021
23022 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23023
23024 ;;;***
23025 \f
23026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23028
23029 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23030 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23031
23032 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23033
23034 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23035
23036 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23037 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23038 Its name should end with a slash.")
23039
23040 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23041 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23042
23043 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23044 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23045 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23046
23047 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23048
23049 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23050 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23051 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23052 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23053 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23054 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23055 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23056
23057 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23058 sent by you under different user names.
23059 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23060
23061 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23062
23063 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23064
23065 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23066
23067 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23068 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23069 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23070 explicitly.")
23071
23072 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23073
23074 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23075 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23076 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23077 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23078 which normally happens once for each message,
23079 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23080 To make a change in this variable take effect
23081 for a message that you have already viewed,
23082 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23083
23084 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23085
23086 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23087 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23088 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23089 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23090
23091 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23092
23093 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23094 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23095
23096 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23097
23098 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23099 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23100 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23101
23102 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23103
23104 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23105 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23106 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23107 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23108 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23109 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23110
23111 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23112
23113 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23114 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23115
23116 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23117
23118 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23119 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23120
23121 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23122
23123 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23124 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23125
23126 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23127 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23128
23129 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23130
23131 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23132 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23133
23134 This is set to nil by default.")
23135
23136 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23137 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23138 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23139 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23140 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23141 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23142 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23143
23144 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23145 Read and edit incoming mail.
23146 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23147 file in RMAIL Mode.
23148 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23149
23150 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23151 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23152 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23153 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23154
23155 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23156
23157 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23158
23159 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23160 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23161 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23162 Instead, these commands are available:
23163
23164 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23165 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23166 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23167 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23168 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23169 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23170 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23171 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23172 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23173 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23174 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23175 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23176 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23177 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23178 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23179 till a deleted message is found.
23180 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23181 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23182 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23183 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23184 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23185 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23186 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23187 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23188 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23189 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23190 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23191 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23192 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23193 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23194 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23195 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23196 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23197 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23198 (label defaults to last one specified).
23199 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23200 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23201 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23202 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23203 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23204 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23205 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23206 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23207 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23208
23209 \(fn)" t nil)
23210
23211 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23212 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23213
23214 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23215
23216 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23217 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23218
23219 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23220
23221 ;;;***
23222 \f
23223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
23224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23225 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23226
23227 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23228 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23229 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23230 case it writes Babyl.
23231
23232 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23233 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23234 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23235 `rmail-default-file'.
23236
23237 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23238 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23239 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23240
23241 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23242 the header display is currently pruned.
23243
23244 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23245 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23246 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23247 messages after output.
23248
23249 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23250 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23251 message (if writing a file directly).
23252
23253 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23254 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23255
23256 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23257
23258 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23259 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23260 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23261 i) the header is output as currently seen
23262 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23263 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23264
23265 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23266 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23267 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23268
23269 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23270
23271 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23272 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23273 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23274 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23275 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23276 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23277 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23278
23279 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23280 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23281 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23282
23283 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23284
23285 ;;;***
23286 \f
23287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23289
23290 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23291 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23292 Return a pattern.
23293
23294 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23295
23296 ;;;***
23297 \f
23298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23299 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23300
23301 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23302 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23303 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23304 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23305
23306 \(fn)" t nil)
23307
23308 ;;;***
23309 \f
23310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23312
23313 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23314 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23315
23316 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23317 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23318 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23319 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23320 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23321 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23322 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23323 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23324 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23325 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23326
23327 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23328 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23329 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23330 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23331 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23332 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23333 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23334 to use for finding the schema.
23335
23336 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23337
23338 ;;;***
23339 \f
23340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
23341 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23342
23343 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
23344
23345 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23346 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23347 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23348 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23349 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23350 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
23351 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23352 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23353 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23354 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23355 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23356 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23357 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23358 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23359 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23360 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23361 must be equal.
23362
23363 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23364
23365 ;;;***
23366 \f
23367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
23368 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23369
23370 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23371 Define a robin package.
23372
23373 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23374 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23375 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23376 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23377
23378 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23379 one replaces the old one.
23380
23381 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23382
23383 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23384 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23385
23386 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23387 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23388 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23389
23390 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23391
23392 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23393 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23394
23395 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23396
23397 ;;;***
23398 \f
23399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23401
23402 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23403 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23404
23405 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23406
23407 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23408 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23409
23410 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23411
23412 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23413 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23414
23415 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23416
23417 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23418 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23419 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23420
23421 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23422 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23423 in ROT13.
23424
23425 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23426
23427 \(fn)" t nil)
23428
23429 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23430 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23431
23432 \(fn)" t nil)
23433
23434 ;;;***
23435 \f
23436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
23437 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23438 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23439
23440 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23441 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23442 \\<rst-mode-map>
23443
23444 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23445 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23446 highlighting.
23447
23448 \\{rst-mode-map}
23449
23450 \(fn)" t nil)
23451
23452 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23453 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23455 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23456 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23457
23458 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23459 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23460 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23461
23462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23463
23464 ;;;***
23465 \f
23466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
23467 ;;;;;; 0))
23468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23469 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23470
23471 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23472 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23473
23474 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23475
23476 \(fn)" t nil)
23477
23478 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23479
23480 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23481
23482 ;;;***
23483 \f
23484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
23485 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23486 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23487
23488 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23489 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23490 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23491
23492 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23493 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23495 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23496 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23497
23498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23499
23500 ;;;***
23501 \f
23502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
23503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23504
23505 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23506 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23507 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23508 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23509
23510 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23511
23512 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23513 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23514 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23515
23516 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23517 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23518 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23519
23520 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23521 notation.
23522
23523 STRING
23524 matches string STRING literally.
23525
23526 CHAR
23527 matches character CHAR literally.
23528
23529 `not-newline', `nonl'
23530 matches any character except a newline.
23531
23532 `anything'
23533 matches any character
23534
23535 `(any SET ...)'
23536 `(in SET ...)'
23537 `(char SET ...)'
23538 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23539 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23540 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23541
23542 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23543 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23544 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23545 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23546
23547 `(not (any SET ...))'
23548 matches any character not in SET ...
23549
23550 `line-start', `bol'
23551 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23552 in the text being matched
23553
23554 `line-end', `eol'
23555 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23556
23557 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23558 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23559 string being matched against.
23560
23561 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23562 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23563 string being matched against.
23564
23565 `buffer-start'
23566 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23567 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23568
23569 `buffer-end'
23570 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23571 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23572
23573 `point'
23574 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23575
23576 `word-start', `bow'
23577 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23578
23579 `word-end', `eow'
23580 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23581
23582 `word-boundary'
23583 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23584 word.
23585
23586 `(not word-boundary)'
23587 `not-word-boundary'
23588 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23589 word.
23590
23591 `symbol-start'
23592 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23593
23594 `symbol-end'
23595 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23596
23597 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23598 matches 0 through 9.
23599
23600 `control', `cntrl'
23601 matches ASCII control characters.
23602
23603 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23604 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23605
23606 `blank'
23607 matches space and tab only.
23608
23609 `graphic', `graph'
23610 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23611 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23612 unassigned by Unicode.
23613
23614 `printing', `print'
23615 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23616
23617 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23618 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23619 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23620
23621 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23622 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23623 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23624
23625 `ascii'
23626 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23627
23628 `nonascii'
23629 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23630
23631 `lower', `lower-case'
23632 matches anything lower-case.
23633
23634 `upper', `upper-case'
23635 matches anything upper-case.
23636
23637 `punctuation', `punct'
23638 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23639 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23640
23641 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23642 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23643
23644 `word', `wordchar'
23645 matches anything that has word syntax.
23646
23647 `not-wordchar'
23648 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23649
23650 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23651 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23652 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23653 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23654
23655 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23656 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23657 `word' (\\sw)
23658 `symbol' (\\s_)
23659 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23660 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23661 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23662 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23663 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23664 `escape' (\\s\\)
23665 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23666 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23667 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23668 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23669 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23670
23671 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23672 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23673
23674 `(category CATEGORY)'
23675 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23676 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23677
23678 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23679 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23680 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23681 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23682 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23683 `symbol' (\\c5)
23684 `digit' (\\c6)
23685 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23686 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23687 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23688 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23689 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23690 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23691 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23692 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23693 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23694 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23695 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23696 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23697 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23698 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23699 `ascii' (\\ca)
23700 `arabic' (\\cb)
23701 `chinese' (\\cc)
23702 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23703 `greek' (\\cg)
23704 `korean' (\\ch)
23705 `indian' (\\ci)
23706 `japanese' (\\cj)
23707 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23708 `latin' (\\cl)
23709 `lao' (\\co)
23710 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23711 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23712 `thai' (\\ct)
23713 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23714 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23715 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23716 `can-break' (\\c|)
23717
23718 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23719 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23720
23721 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23722 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23723 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23724 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23725 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23726
23727 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23728 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23729 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23730 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23731
23732 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23733 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23734 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23735 group number N.
23736
23737 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23738 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23739 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23740 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23741 regular expression.
23742
23743 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23744 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23745 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23746 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23747 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23748
23749 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23750 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23751
23752 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23753 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23754
23755 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23756 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23757 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23758
23759 `(* SEXP ...)'
23760 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23761 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23762
23763 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23764 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23765 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23766
23767 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23768 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23769 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23770
23771 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23772 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23773
23774 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23775 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23776
23777 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23778 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23779 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23780 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23781
23782 `(? SEXP ...)'
23783 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23784
23785 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23786 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23787
23788 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23789 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23790 matches N occurrences.
23791
23792 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23793 matches N or more occurrences.
23794
23795 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23796 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23797 matches N to M occurrences.
23798
23799 `(backref N)'
23800 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23801
23802 `(eval FORM)'
23803 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23804 `regexp-quote' it.
23805
23806 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23807 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23808
23809 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23810
23811 ;;;***
23812 \f
23813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
23814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23815 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23816
23817 ;;;***
23818 \f
23819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
23820 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23821 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23822
23823 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23824 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23825 See the `savehist-mode' command
23826 for a description of this minor mode.
23827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23829 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23830
23831 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23832
23833 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23834 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23836 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23837 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23838
23839 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23840 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23841 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23842 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23843
23844 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23845 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23846 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23847
23848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23849
23850 ;;;***
23851 \f
23852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23854
23855 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23856 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23857 See the `save-place-mode' command
23858 for a description of this minor mode.
23859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23861 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23862
23863 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23864
23865 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23866 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23867 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23868 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23869
23870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23871
23872 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
23873 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
23874 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
23875 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
23876 even in a later Emacs session.
23877
23878 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
23879 the argument is positive.
23880
23881 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
23882 file:
23883
23884 \(save-place-mode 1)
23885
23886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23887
23888 ;;;***
23889 \f
23890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
23891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23892
23893 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23894 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23895 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23896
23897 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23898 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23899 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23900 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23901 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23902 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23903 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23904 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23905
23906 Commands:
23907 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23908 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23909 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23910
23911 \(fn)" t nil)
23912
23913 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23914 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23915 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23916
23917 Commands:
23918 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23919 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23920 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23921 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23922 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23923 that variable's value is a string.
23924
23925 \(fn)" t nil)
23926
23927 ;;;***
23928 \f
23929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23931
23932 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23933 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23934 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23935
23936 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23937
23938 \(fn)" t nil)
23939
23940 ;;;***
23941 \f
23942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
23943 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23944
23945 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23946 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23947 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
23948 for a description of this minor mode.
23949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23951 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23952
23953 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23954
23955 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23956 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23958 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23960
23961 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23962 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23963
23964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23965
23966 ;;;***
23967 \f
23968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
23969 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23970
23971 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23972 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23974 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23975 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23976 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23977 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23978 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23979
23980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23981
23982 ;;;***
23983 \f
23984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
23985 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23986 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23987 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23988
23989 ;;;***
23990 \f
23991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
23992 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23993 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23994
23995 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23996 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23997 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23998
23999 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24000 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24001 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24002 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24003 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24004 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24005 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24006 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24007 keybinding for tag names.
24008 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24009 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24010 of the symbol under point.
24011 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24012 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24013 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24014 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24015 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24016 syntax tokens.
24017 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24018
24019 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24020
24021 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24022 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24023 See the `semantic-mode' command
24024 for a description of this minor mode.
24025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24026 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24027 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24028
24029 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24030
24031 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24032 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24034 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24035 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24036
24037 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24038 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24039 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24040 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24041 Semantic mode.
24042
24043 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24044
24045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24046
24047 ;;;***
24048 \f
24049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24050 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24051 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24052
24053 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24054 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24055
24056 \(fn)" t nil)
24057
24058 ;;;***
24059 \f
24060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24061 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24062 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24063
24064 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24065 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24066
24067 \(fn)" t nil)
24068
24069 ;;;***
24070 \f
24071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
24072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24073
24074 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24075 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24076
24077 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24078 king@grassland.com
24079 If `parens', they look like:
24080 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24081 If `angles', they look like:
24082 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24083
24084 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24085 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24086
24087 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24088
24089 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24090 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24091 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24092 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24093
24094 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24095 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24096 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24097 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24098
24099 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24100
24101 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24102 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24103 This is done when the message is initialized,
24104 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24105
24106 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24107
24108 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24109 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24110 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24111
24112 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24113
24114 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24115 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24116 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24117 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24118 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24119 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24120 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24121
24122 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24123
24124 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24125 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24126
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24128
24129 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24130 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24131 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24132 be a Babyl file.")
24133
24134 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24135
24136 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24137 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24138 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24139 when you first send mail.")
24140
24141 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24142
24143 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24144 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24145 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24146 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24147 This file need not actually exist.")
24148
24149 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24150
24151 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24152 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24153
24154 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24155
24156 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24157 Alist of mail address aliases,
24158 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24159 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24160 can specify a different file name.)
24161 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24162 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24163
24164 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24165 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24166 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24167
24168 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24169
24170 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24171 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24172 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24173
24174 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24175
24176 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24177 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24178 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24179 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24180 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24181 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24182 in the cited portion of the message.
24183
24184 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24185 instead of no action.")
24186
24187 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24188
24189 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24190 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24191 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24192 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24193 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24194
24195 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24196
24197 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24198 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24199 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24200 If a string, that string is inserted.
24201 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24202 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24203 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24204 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24205
24206 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24207
24208 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24209 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24210
24211 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24212
24213 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24214 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24215 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24216
24217 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24218 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24219
24220 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24221
24222 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24223 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24224 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24225 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24226
24227 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24228
24229 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24230 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24231 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24232
24233 \(fn)" nil nil)
24234
24235 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24236
24237 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24238
24239
24240 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24241
24242 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24243 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24244 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24245
24246 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24247 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24248
24249 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24250 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24251 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24252 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24253 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24254 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24255 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24256 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24257 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24258 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24259 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24260 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24261 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24262 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24263
24264 \(fn)" t nil)
24265
24266 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24267 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24268 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24269 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24270
24271 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24272
24273 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24274 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24275 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24276 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24277 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24278 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24279
24280 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24281 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24282 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24283
24284 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24285 User should not set this variable manually,
24286 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24287 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24288 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24289
24290 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24291 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24292 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24293 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24294
24295 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24296 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24297
24298 \\<mail-mode-map>
24299 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24300
24301 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24302 to move to message header fields:
24303 \\{mail-mode-map}
24304
24305 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24306 when the message is initialized.
24307
24308 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24309 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24310
24311 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24312 is inserted.
24313
24314 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24315 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24316
24317 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24318 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24319 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24320 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24321 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24322 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24323 buffer without erasing the contents.
24324
24325 The second through fifth arguments,
24326 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24327 the initial contents of those header fields.
24328 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24329 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24330 original message being replied to, or else an action
24331 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24332 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24333 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24334 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24335 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24336 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24337
24338 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24339
24340 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24341 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24342
24343 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24344
24345 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24346 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24347
24348 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24349
24350 ;;;***
24351 \f
24352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
24353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24354 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 14)) package--builtin-versions)
24355
24356 ;;;***
24357 \f
24358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
24359 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24360
24361 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24362
24363 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24364
24365 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24366
24367 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24368 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24369 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24370 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24371 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24372 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24373
24374 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24375 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24376
24377 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24378 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24379 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24380
24381 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24382 \\[server-start].
24383
24384 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24385
24386 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24387 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24388 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24389 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24390
24391 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24392
24393 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24394 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24395 See the `server-mode' command
24396 for a description of this minor mode.
24397 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24398 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24399 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24400
24401 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24402
24403 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24404 Toggle Server mode.
24405 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24406 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24407 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24408
24409 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24410 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24411 `server-start' for details.
24412
24413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24414
24415 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24416 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24417 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24418
24419 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24420 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24421
24422 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24423
24424 ;;;***
24425 \f
24426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
24427 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24428
24429 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24430 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24431
24432 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24433 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24434 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24435 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24436 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24437
24438 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24439 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24440 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24441 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24442 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24443 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24444
24445 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24446 displayed.
24447
24448 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24449 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24450 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24451
24452 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24453 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24454
24455 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24456 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24457
24458 \\{ses-mode-map}
24459 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24460 part):
24461 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24462 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24463 formula:
24464 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24465
24466 \(fn)" t nil)
24467
24468 ;;;***
24469 \f
24470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
24471 ;;;;;; 0))
24472 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24473
24474 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24475 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24476 Makes > match <.
24477 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24478 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24479
24480 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24481 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24482 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24483
24484 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24485 in your init file.
24486
24487 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24488
24489 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24490 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24491 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24492
24493 \(fn)" t nil)
24494
24495 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24496 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24497 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24498 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24499 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24500 which this is based.
24501
24502 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24503
24504 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24505 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24506 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24507 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24508
24509 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24510 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24511 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24512
24513 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24514 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24515 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24516 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24517
24518 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24519 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24520 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24521 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24522
24523 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24524
24525 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24526 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24527 To work around that, do:
24528 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24529
24530 \\{html-mode-map}
24531
24532 \(fn)" t nil)
24533
24534 ;;;***
24535 \f
24536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
24537 ;;;;;; 0))
24538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24539 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24540 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24541
24542 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24543 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24544 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24545 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24546 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24547 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24548
24549 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24550 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24551 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24552 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24553 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24554
24555 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24556 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24557 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24558 \\<sh-mode-map>
24559 \\[sh-case] case statement
24560 \\[sh-for] for loop
24561 \\[sh-function] function definition
24562 \\[sh-if] if statement
24563 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24564 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24565 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24566 \\[sh-select] select loop
24567 \\[sh-until] until loop
24568 \\[sh-while] while loop
24569
24570 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24571 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24572 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24573 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24574 would indent to the way it currently is.
24575 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24576 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24577
24578
24579 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24580 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24581 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24582 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24583 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24584
24585 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24586 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24587 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24588
24589 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24590 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24591 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24592
24593 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24594 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24595
24596 \(fn)" t nil)
24597
24598 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24599
24600 ;;;***
24601 \f
24602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
24603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24604
24605 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24606 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24607
24608 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24609 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24610 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24611
24612 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24613 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24614 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24615 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24616 the earlier.
24617
24618 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24619
24620 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24621
24622 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24623 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24624 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24625
24626 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24627 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24628
24629 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24630 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24631 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24632 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24633 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24634 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24635 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24636 Emacs version).
24637
24638 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24639 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24640 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24641 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24642 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24643
24644 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24645 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24646
24647 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24648
24649 ;;;***
24650 \f
24651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
24652 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24653
24654 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24655 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24656 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24657 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24658 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24659 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24660 sites in the cluster.
24661
24662 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24663
24664 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24665 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24666 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24667 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24668 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24669
24670 \(fn)" t nil)
24671
24672 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24673 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24674 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24675 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24676 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24677 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24678 `shadow-define-cluster').
24679
24680 \(fn)" t nil)
24681
24682 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24683 Set up file shadowing.
24684
24685 \(fn)" t nil)
24686
24687 ;;;***
24688 \f
24689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
24690 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24691
24692 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24693 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24694 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24695 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24696 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24697 arguments.")
24698
24699 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24700
24701 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24702 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24703 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24704 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24705 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24706
24707 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24708 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24709 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24710 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24711 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24712 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24713 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24714 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24715 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24716 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24717 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24718
24719 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24720 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24721 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24722 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24723 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24724 `default-process-coding-system'.
24725
24726 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24727 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24728 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24729 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24730
24731 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24732
24733 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24734
24735 ;;;***
24736 \f
24737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
24738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24739
24740 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24741 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24742
24743 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24744
24745 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24746 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24747 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24748 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24749
24750 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24751
24752 ;;;***
24753 \f
24754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
24755 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
24756
24757 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24758
24759
24760 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24761
24762 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24763
24764
24765 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24766
24767 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24768
24769
24770 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24771
24772 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24773
24774
24775 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24776
24777 ;;;***
24778 \f
24779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
24781
24782 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24783 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24784 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24785 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24786 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24787
24788 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24789
24790 \(fn)" t nil)
24791
24792 ;;;***
24793 \f
24794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24796
24797 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24798 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24799 \\{simula-mode-map}
24800 Variables controlling indentation style:
24801 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24802 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24803 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24804 `simula-indent-level'
24805 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24806 `simula-substatement-offset'
24807 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24808 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24809 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24810 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24811 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24812 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24813 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24814 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24815 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
24816 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24817 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24818 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24819 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
24820 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24821 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24822 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24823 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24824 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24825 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24826 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
24827 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24828 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24829 or nil if they should not be changed.
24830 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
24831 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24832 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24833 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24834
24835 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24836 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24837
24838 \(fn)" t nil)
24839
24840 ;;;***
24841 \f
24842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
24843 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24844
24845 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24846 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24847
24848 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24849 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24850 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24851 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24852
24853 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24854
24855 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24856
24857 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24858 Insert SKELETON.
24859 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24860 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24861 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24862 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24863 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24864
24865 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24866 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24867
24868 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24869
24870 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24871 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24872
24873 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24874 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24875 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24876 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24877
24878 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24879 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24880 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24881 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24882
24883 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24884 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24885 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24886
24887 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24888 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24889
24890 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24891 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24892
24893 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24894 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24895 is at bol/eol
24896 _ interesting point, interregion here
24897 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24898 interesting point set by _
24899 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24900 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24901 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24902 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24903 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24904 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24905 nil skipped
24906
24907 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24908 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24909
24910 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24911 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24912 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24913 as the first element when at bol.
24914
24915 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24916 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24917 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24918 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24919 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24920 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24921 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24922 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24923
24924 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24925 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24926 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24927 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24928 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24929 available:
24930
24931 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24932 then: insert previously read string once more
24933 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24934 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24935 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24936
24937 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24938 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24939
24940 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24941
24942 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24943 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24944
24945 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24946 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24947 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24948 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24949 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24950 such as backslash.
24951
24952 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24953 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
24954 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
24955 twice for the others.
24956
24957 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24958
24959 ;;;***
24960 \f
24961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
24962 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24963
24964 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24965 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24966 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24967 buffer names.
24968
24969 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24970
24971 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24972 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24974 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24975 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24976 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24977
24978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24979
24980 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24981 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24982 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24983
24984 \(fn)" t nil)
24985
24986 ;;;***
24987 \f
24988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
24989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24990
24991 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24992 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24993 A list of images is returned.
24994
24995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24996
24997 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24998 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24999 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25000
25001 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25002
25003 ;;;***
25004 \f
25005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
25006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25007
25008 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25009
25010
25011 \(fn)" nil nil)
25012
25013 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25014 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25015
25016 \(fn)" t nil)
25017
25018 ;;;***
25019 \f
25020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25022
25023 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25024 Play the Snake game.
25025 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25026
25027 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25028
25029 Snake mode keybindings:
25030 \\<snake-mode-map>
25031 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25032 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25033 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25034 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25035 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25036 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25037 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25038
25039 \(fn)" t nil)
25040
25041 ;;;***
25042 \f
25043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25044 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25045
25046 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25047 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25048 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25049 Tab indents for C code.
25050 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25051 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25052 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25053 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25054 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25055
25056 \(fn)" t nil)
25057
25058 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25059 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25060 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25061 Tab indents for C code.
25062 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25063 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25064 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25065 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25066 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25067
25068 \(fn)" t nil)
25069
25070 ;;;***
25071 \f
25072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
25073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25074 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
25075
25076 ;;;***
25077 \f
25078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
25079 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25080
25081 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25082 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25083 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25084 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25085 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25086
25087 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25088
25089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25090
25091 ;;;***
25092 \f
25093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
25094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25095
25096 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25097 Play Solitaire.
25098
25099 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25100 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25101 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25102 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25103 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25104 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25105 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25106 check after each move or undo.)
25107
25108 What is Solitaire?
25109
25110 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25111 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25112 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25113
25114 Le Solitaire
25115 ============
25116
25117 o o o
25118
25119 o o o
25120
25121 o o o o o o o
25122
25123 o o o . o o o
25124
25125 o o o o o o o
25126
25127 o o o
25128
25129 o o o
25130
25131 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25132 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25133 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25134 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25135
25136 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25137 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25138 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25139 this: o o .
25140
25141 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25142 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25143
25144 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25145
25146 o o o
25147
25148 . o o
25149
25150 o o . o o o o
25151
25152 o . o o o o o
25153
25154 o o o o o o o
25155
25156 o o o
25157
25158 o o o
25159
25160 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25161
25162 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25163
25164 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25165
25166 ;;;***
25167 \f
25168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
25169 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25170 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25171
25172 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25173 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25174
25175 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25176 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25177 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25178 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25179 contiguous.
25180
25181 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25182 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25183 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25184 the sort order.
25185
25186 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25187 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25188
25189 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25190 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25191 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25192 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25193 is called.
25194
25195 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25196 It should move point to the end of the record.
25197
25198 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25199 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25200 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25201 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25202 starts at the beginning of the record.
25203
25204 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25205 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25206 same as ENDRECFUN.
25207
25208 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25209 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25210 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25211 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25212 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25213 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25214 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25215
25216 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25217
25218 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25219 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25220 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25221 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25222 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25223 the sort order.
25224
25225 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25226
25227 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25228 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25229 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25230 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25231 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25232 the sort order.
25233
25234 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25235
25236 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25237 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25238 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25239 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25240 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25241 the sort order.
25242
25243 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25244 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25245
25246 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25247 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25248 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25249 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25250 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25251 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25252 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25253 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25254 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25255
25256 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25257
25258 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25259 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25260 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25261 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25262 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25263 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25264 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25265 the sort order.
25266
25267 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25268
25269 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25270 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25271 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25272 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25273
25274 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25275 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25276
25277 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25278 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25279 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25280 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25281 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25282 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25283 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25284 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25285
25286 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25287
25288 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25289 the sort order.
25290
25291 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25292 starting with the letter \"f\",
25293 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25294
25295 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25296
25297 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25298 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25299 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25300 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25301 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25302 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25303 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25304 the sort order.
25305
25306 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25307 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25308 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25309 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25310 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25311
25312 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25313
25314 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25315 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25316 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25317
25318 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25319
25320 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25321 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25322 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25323 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25324 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25325 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25326 each repeated line.
25327
25328 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25329 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25330 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25331 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25332
25333 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25334 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25335
25336 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25337 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25338
25339 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25340
25341 ;;;***
25342 \f
25343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
25344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25345
25346 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25347 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25348 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25349 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25350 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25351 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25352
25353 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25354
25355 ;;;***
25356 \f
25357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
25358 ;;;;;; 0))
25359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25360
25361 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25362 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25363
25364 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25365 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25366 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25367
25368 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25369
25370 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25371 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25372 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25373 server.
25374
25375 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25376
25377 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25378 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25379 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25380
25381 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25382
25383 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25384 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25385 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25386 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25387 Agent is plugged.
25388
25389 \(fn)" t nil)
25390
25391 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25392 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25393 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25394 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25395
25396 \(fn)" t nil)
25397
25398 ;;;***
25399 \f
25400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
25401 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25402
25403 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25404
25405 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25406 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25407 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25408 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25409 supported at a time.
25410 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25411 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25412
25413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25414
25415 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25416 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25417 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25418 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25419
25420 \(fn)" t nil)
25421
25422 ;;;***
25423 \f
25424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
25425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25426
25427 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25428 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25429
25430 \(fn)" t nil)
25431
25432 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25433 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25434
25435 \(fn)" nil nil)
25436
25437 ;;;***
25438 \f
25439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25441 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25442
25443 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25444 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25445
25446 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25447 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25448 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25449 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25450 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25451 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25452 of the current highlighting list.
25453
25454 For example:
25455
25456 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25457 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25458
25459 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25460 `_t' as data types.
25461
25462 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25463
25464 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25465 Major mode to edit SQL.
25466
25467 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25468 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25469 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25470
25471 \\{sql-mode-map}
25472 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25473
25474 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25475 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25476 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25477 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25478 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25479 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25480
25481 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25482 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483
25484 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25485 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25486 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25487
25488 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25489 (lambda ()
25490 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25491
25492 \(fn)" t nil)
25493
25494 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25495 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25496
25497 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25498 their settings.
25499
25500 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25501 is specified in the connection settings.
25502
25503 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25504
25505 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25506 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25507
25508 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25509 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25510
25511 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25512 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25513 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25514 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25515
25516 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25517
25518 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25519
25520 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25521 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25522
25523 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25524 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25525 `*SQL*'.
25526
25527 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25528 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25529 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25530 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25531
25532 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25533 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25534
25535 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25536 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25537 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25538 buffer.
25539
25540 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25541 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25543 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25544 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25545 `default-process-coding-system'.
25546
25547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25548
25549 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25550
25551 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25552 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25553
25554 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25555 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25556 `*SQL*'.
25557
25558 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25559 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25560 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25561 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25562
25563 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25564 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25565
25566 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25567 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25568 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25569 buffer.
25570
25571 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25572 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25574 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25575 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25576 `default-process-coding-system'.
25577
25578 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25579
25580 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25581
25582 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25583 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25584
25585 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25586 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25587 `*SQL*'.
25588
25589 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25590 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25591
25592 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25593 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25594
25595 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25596 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25597 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25598 buffer.
25599
25600 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25601 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25602 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25603 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25604 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25605 `default-process-coding-system'.
25606
25607 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25608
25609 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25610
25611 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25612 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25613
25614 SQLite is free software.
25615
25616 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25617 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25618 `*SQL*'.
25619
25620 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25621 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25622 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25623 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25624
25625 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25626 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25627
25628 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25629 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25630 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25631 buffer.
25632
25633 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25634 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25635 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25636 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25637 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25638 `default-process-coding-system'.
25639
25640 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25641
25642 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25643
25644 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25645 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25646
25647 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25648
25649 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25650 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25651 `*SQL*'.
25652
25653 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25654 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25655 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25656 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25657
25658 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25659 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25660
25661 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25662 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25663 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25664 buffer.
25665
25666 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25667 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25668 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25669 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25670 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25671 `default-process-coding-system'.
25672
25673 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25674
25675 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25676
25677 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25678 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25679
25680 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25681 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25682 `*SQL*'.
25683
25684 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25685 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25686 defaults, if set.
25687
25688 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25689 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25690
25691 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25692 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25693 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25694 buffer.
25695
25696 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25697 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25698 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25699 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25700 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25701 `default-process-coding-system'.
25702
25703 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25704
25705 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25706
25707 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25708 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25709
25710 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25711 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25712 `*SQL*'.
25713
25714 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25715 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25716
25717 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25718 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25719
25720 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25721 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25722 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25723 buffer.
25724
25725 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25726 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25727 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25728 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25729 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25730 `default-process-coding-system'.
25731
25732 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25733
25734 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25735
25736 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25737 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25738
25739 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25740 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25741 `*SQL*'.
25742
25743 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25744 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25745 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25746 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25747
25748 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25749 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25750
25751 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25752 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25753 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25754 buffer.
25755
25756 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25757 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25758 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25759 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25760 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25761 `default-process-coding-system'.
25762
25763 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25764
25765 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25766
25767 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25768 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25769
25770 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25771 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25772 `*SQL*'.
25773
25774 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25775 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25776 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25777 `sql-postgres-options'.
25778
25779 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25780 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25781
25782 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25783 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25784 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25785 buffer.
25786
25787 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25788 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25789 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25790 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25791 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25792 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25793 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25794 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25795
25796 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25797 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25798
25799 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25800
25801 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25802
25803 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25804 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25805
25806 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25807 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25808 `*SQL*'.
25809
25810 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25811 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25812 defaults, if set.
25813
25814 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25815 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25816
25817 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25818 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25819 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25820 buffer.
25821
25822 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25823 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25824 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25825 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25826 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25827 `default-process-coding-system'.
25828
25829 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25830
25831 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25834 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25835
25836 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25837 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25838 `*SQL*'.
25839
25840 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25841 automatic login.
25842
25843 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25844 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25845
25846 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25847 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25848 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25849 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25850
25851 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25852 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25853 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25854 buffer.
25855
25856 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25857 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25858 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25859 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25860 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25861 `default-process-coding-system'.
25862
25863 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25864
25865 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25866
25867 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25868 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25869
25870 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25871 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25872 `*SQL*'.
25873
25874 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25875 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25876 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25877 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25878 parameters.
25879
25880 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25881 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25882 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25883 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25884 an empty password.
25885
25886 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25887 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25888
25889 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25890 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25891 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25892 buffer.
25893
25894 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25895
25896 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25897
25898 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25899 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25900
25901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25902
25903 ;;;***
25904 \f
25905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25906 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25907 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25908
25909 ;;;***
25910 \f
25911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25912 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
25913 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25914
25915 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25916 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25917
25918 \(fn)" t nil)
25919
25920 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25921
25922 ;;;***
25923 \f
25924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
25925 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
25926
25927 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25928 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25929 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25930 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25931 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25932 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25933 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25934 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25935 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25936 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25937 with any buffer
25938 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25939 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25940 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25941 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25942
25943 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25944
25945 ;;;***
25946 \f
25947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
25948 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25949
25950 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25951 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25952 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25953 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25954 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25955 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25956
25957 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25958
25959 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25960
25961 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25962 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25963 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25964 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25965 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25966 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25967 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25968
25969 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25970
25971 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25972 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25973 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25974 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25975 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25976 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25977 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25978
25979 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25980
25981 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25982 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25983 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25984
25985 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25986
25987 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25988 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25989 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25990
25991 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25992
25993 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25994 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25995
25996 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25997
25998 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25999 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26000
26001 \(fn)" t nil)
26002
26003 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26004 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26005
26006 \(fn)" t nil)
26007
26008 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26009 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26010 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26011 by command name.
26012 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26013
26014 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26015
26016 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26017 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26018 See the `strokes-mode' command
26019 for a description of this minor mode.
26020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26022 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26023
26024 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26025
26026 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26027 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26028 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26029 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26030 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26031
26032 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26033 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26034 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26035 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26036 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26037
26038 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26039 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26040 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26041 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26042
26043 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26044
26045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26046
26047 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26048 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26049 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26050 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26051
26052 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26053
26054 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26055 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26056
26057 \(fn)" t nil)
26058
26059 ;;;***
26060 \f
26061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
26062 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26063
26064 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26065 Studlify-case the region.
26066
26067 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26068
26069 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26070 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26071
26072 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26073
26074 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26075 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26076
26077 \(fn)" t nil)
26078
26079 ;;;***
26080 \f
26081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
26082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26083
26084 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26085
26086 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26087 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26091
26092 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26093 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26094 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26095 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26096
26097 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26098 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26099 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26100
26101 Nomenclature Subwords
26102 ===========================================================
26103 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26104 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26105 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26106
26107 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26108 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26109
26110 \\{subword-mode-map}
26111
26112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26113
26114 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26115 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26116 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26117 for a description of this minor mode.
26118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26120 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26121
26122 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26123
26124 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26125 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26126 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26127 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26128 ARG is omitted or nil.
26129
26130 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26131 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26132 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26133
26134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26135
26136 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26137 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26139 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26140 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26141
26142 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26143 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26144 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26145 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26146
26147 \\{superword-mode-map}
26148
26149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26150
26151 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26152 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26153 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26154 for a description of this minor mode.
26155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26156 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26157 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26158
26159 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26160
26161 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26162 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26163 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26164 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26165 ARG is omitted or nil.
26166
26167 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26168 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26169 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26170
26171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26172
26173 ;;;***
26174 \f
26175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
26176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26177
26178 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26179 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26180 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26181 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26182 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26183 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26184 original message but it does require a few things:
26185
26186 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26187
26188 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26189 reply buffer.
26190
26191 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26192 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26193 original message.
26194
26195 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26196
26197 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26198
26199 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26200 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26201 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26202
26203 \(fn)" nil nil)
26204
26205 ;;;***
26206 \f
26207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26208 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26209
26210 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26211
26212 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26213 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26214 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26215 for a description of this minor mode.
26216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26217 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26218 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26219
26220 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26221
26222 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26223 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26225 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26226 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26227
26228 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26229 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26230 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26231
26232 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26233 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26234 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26235
26236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26237
26238 ;;;***
26239 \f
26240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
26241 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26242
26243 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26244 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26245 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26246 buffer.
26247
26248 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26249 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26250 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26251
26252 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26253
26254 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26255 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26256 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26257 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26258 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26259 buffer.
26260
26261 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26262 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26263 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26264
26265 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26266
26267 ;;;***
26268 \f
26269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
26270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26271
26272 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26273 Insert an editable text table.
26274 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26275 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26276 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26277 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26278 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26279 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26280 delimiting them.
26281
26282 Examples:
26283
26284 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26285
26286 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26287 location of point.
26288
26289 -!-
26290
26291 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26292 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26293 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26294 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26295 first cell.
26296
26297 +-----+-----+-----+
26298 |-!- | | |
26299 +-----+-----+-----+
26300
26301 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26302
26303 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26304 width, which results as
26305
26306 +--------------+-----+-----+
26307 |-!- | | |
26308 +--------------+-----+-----+
26309
26310 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26311 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26312
26313 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26314 | | |-!- |
26315 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26316
26317 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26318 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26319 width information to `table-insert'.
26320
26321 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26322
26323 instead of
26324
26325 Cell width(s): 5
26326
26327 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26328 work all together.
26329
26330 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26331 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26332
26333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26334 |-!- | | |
26335 | | | |
26336 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26337
26338 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26339
26340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26341 |-!- | | |
26342 | | | |
26343 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26344 | | | |
26345 | | | |
26346 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26347
26348 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26349
26350 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26351 | | | |
26352 | | | |
26353 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26354 | | | |
26355 | | | |
26356 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26357 -!-
26358
26359 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26360 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26361 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26362
26363 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26364 | | | |
26365 | | | |
26366 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26367 | | | |
26368 | | | |
26369 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26370 |-!- | | |
26371 | | | |
26372 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26373
26374 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26375 results.
26376
26377 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26378 | | | |
26379 | | | |
26380 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26381 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26382 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26383 | | |expected results.-!- |
26384 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26385 | | | |
26386 | | | |
26387 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26388
26389 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26390
26391 \\{table-cell-map}
26392
26393 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26394
26395 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26396 Insert N table row(s).
26397 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26398 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26399 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26400 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26401
26402 \(fn N)" t nil)
26403
26404 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26405 Insert N table column(s).
26406 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26407 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26408 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26409 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26410
26411 \(fn N)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26414 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26415 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26416
26417 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26418
26419 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26420 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26421 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26422 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26423 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26424 all the table specific features.
26425
26426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26429
26430
26431 \(fn)" t nil)
26432
26433 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26434 Recognize all tables within region.
26435 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26436 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26437 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26438 specific features.
26439
26440 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26443
26444
26445 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26446
26447 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26448 Recognize a table at point.
26449 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26450 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26451 the table specific features.
26452
26453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26454
26455 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26456
26457
26458 \(fn)" t nil)
26459
26460 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26461 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26462 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26463 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26464 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26465 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26466 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26467
26468 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26469
26470 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26471
26472
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26474
26475 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26476 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26477 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26478 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26479 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26480 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26481 specified.
26482
26483 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26486 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26487 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26488 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26489 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26490 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26491 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26492 table structure.
26493
26494 \(fn N)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26497 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26498 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26499 table's rectangle structure.
26500
26501 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26502
26503 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26504 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26505 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26506 table's rectangle structure.
26507
26508 \(fn N)" t nil)
26509
26510 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26511 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26512 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26513 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26514 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26515
26516 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26517
26518 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26519 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26520 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26521
26522 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26523 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26524 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26525 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26526 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26527 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26528 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26529
26530 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26531 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26532 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26533 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26534 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26535 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26536 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26537
26538 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26539 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26540 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26541 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26542 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26543 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26544 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26545 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26546
26547 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26548
26549 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26550 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26551 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26552 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26553
26554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26557 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26558 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26559
26560 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26561
26562 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26563 Split current cell vertically.
26564 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26565
26566 \(fn)" t nil)
26567
26568 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26569 Split current cell horizontally.
26570 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26571
26572 \(fn)" t nil)
26573
26574 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26575 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26576 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26577
26578 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26579
26580 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26581 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26582 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26583 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26584
26585 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26586
26587 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26588 Justify cell contents.
26589 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26590 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26591 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26592 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26593
26594 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26595
26596 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26597 Justify cells of a row.
26598 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26599 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26600
26601 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26602
26603 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26604 Justify cells of a column.
26605 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26606 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26607
26608 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26609
26610 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26611 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26612 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26613 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26614 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26615 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26616 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26617 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26618 run-time.
26619
26620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26621
26622 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26623 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26624 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26625 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26626 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26627 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26628 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26629 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26630 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26631 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26632 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26633
26634 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26635
26636 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26637 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26638 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26639 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26640 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26641 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26642 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26643 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26644 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26645 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26646 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26647 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26648 untouched.
26649
26650 References used for this implementation:
26651
26652 HTML:
26653 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26654
26655 LaTeX:
26656 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26657
26658 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26659 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26660 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26661
26662 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26663
26664 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26665 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26666 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26667 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26668 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26669 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26670 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26671 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26672 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26673 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26674 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26675 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26676 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26677 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26678 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26679 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26680 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26681
26682 Example:
26683
26684 (progn
26685 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26686 (table-forward-cell 15)
26687 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26688 (table-forward-cell 16)
26689 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26690 (table-forward-cell 1)
26691 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26692
26693 (progn
26694 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26695 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26696 (table-forward-cell 1)
26697 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26698
26699 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26700
26701 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26702 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26703 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26704 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26705 consists from cells of same height.
26706
26707 \(fn N)" t nil)
26708
26709 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26710 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26711 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26712 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26713 column must consists from cells of same width.
26714
26715 \(fn N)" t nil)
26716
26717 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26718 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26719 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26720 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26721 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26722 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26723 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26724 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26725 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26726 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26727 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26728 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
26729 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26730 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26731 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26732
26733
26734 Example 1:
26735
26736 1, 2, 3, 4
26737 5, 6, 7, 8
26738 , 9, 10
26739
26740 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26741 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26742 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26743 specified as 5.
26744
26745 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26746 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26747 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26748 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26749 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26750 | | 9 | 10 | |
26751 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26752
26753 Note:
26754
26755 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26756 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26757 of each row is optional.
26758
26759
26760 Example 2:
26761
26762 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26763 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26764 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26765 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26766 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26767
26768 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26769 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26770
26771 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26772 expression and raw delimiter regular
26773 expression, it parses the specified text
26774 area and extracts cell items from
26775 non-table text and then forms a table out
26776 of them.
26777
26778 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26779 creates a single cell table. The text in
26780 the specified region is placed in that
26781 cell.-*-
26782
26783 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26784 like this.
26785
26786 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26787 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26788 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26789 | |
26790 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26791 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26792 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26793 | area and extracts cell items from |
26794 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26795 | of them. |
26796 | |
26797 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26798 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26799 | the specified region is placed in that |
26800 | cell. |
26801 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26802
26803 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26804 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26805 independently.
26806
26807 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26808 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26809 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26810 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26811 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26812 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26813 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26814 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26815 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26816 | |of them. |
26817 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26818 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26819 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26820 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26821 | |cell. |
26822 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26823
26824 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26825 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26826 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26827
26828 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26829
26830 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26831 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26832 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26833 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26834 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26835
26836 \(fn)" t nil)
26837
26838 ;;;***
26839 \f
26840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
26841 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26842
26843 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26844 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26845
26846 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26847
26848 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26849 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26850
26851 \(fn)" t nil)
26852
26853 ;;;***
26854 \f
26855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
26856 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26857
26858 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26859 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26860 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26861 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26862 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26863 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26864 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26865
26866 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26867 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26868 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26869 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26870
26871 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26872 \\{tar-mode-map}
26873
26874 \(fn)" t nil)
26875
26876 ;;;***
26877 \f
26878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26880
26881 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26882 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26883 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26884 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26885 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26886 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26887
26888 Variables controlling indentation style:
26889 `tcl-indent-level'
26890 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26891 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26892 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26893
26894 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26895 documentation for details):
26896 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26897 Controls action of TAB key.
26898 `tcl-auto-newline'
26899 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26900 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26901 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26902 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26903 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26904
26905 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26906 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26907 already exist.
26908
26909 \(fn)" t nil)
26910
26911 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26912 Run inferior Tcl process.
26913 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26914 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26915
26916 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26917
26918 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26919 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26920 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26921
26922 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26923
26924 ;;;***
26925 \f
26926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
26927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26928
26929 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26930 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26931 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26932 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26933
26934 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26935 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26936 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26937 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26938 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26939
26940 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26941
26942 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26943 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26944 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26945 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26946
26947 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26948
26949 ;;;***
26950 \f
26951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
26952 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26953
26954 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26955 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26956 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26957 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26958 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26959 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26960
26961 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26962
26963 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26964 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26965 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26966 commands to use in that buffer.
26967
26968 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26969
26970 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26971
26972 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26973 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26974
26975 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26976
26977 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26978 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26979 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26980 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26981 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26982 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26983 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26984 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26985 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26986 use in that buffer.
26987 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26988
26989 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26990
26991 ;;;***
26992 \f
26993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
26994 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26996
26997 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26998 Start coverage on function under point.
26999
27000 \(fn)" t nil)
27001
27002 ;;;***
27003 \f
27004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
27005 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27006 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27007
27008 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27009 Play the Tetris game.
27010 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27011 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27012 as to form complete rows.
27013
27014 tetris-mode keybindings:
27015 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27016 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27017 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27018 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27019 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27020 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27021 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27022 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27023 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27024
27025 \(fn)" t nil)
27026
27027 ;;;***
27028 \f
27029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27030 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27031
27032 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27033 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27034
27035 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27036
27037 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27038 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27039 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27040 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27041 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27042
27043 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27044
27045 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27046 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27047 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27048 if it matches the first line of the file,
27049 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27050
27051 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27052
27053 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27054 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27055 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27056 if the variable is non-nil.")
27057
27058 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27059
27060 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27061 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27062
27063 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27064
27065 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27066 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27067 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27068 See the documentation of that variable.")
27069
27070 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27071
27072 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27073 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27074 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27075 See the documentation of that variable.")
27076
27077 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27078
27079 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27080 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27081 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27082 See the documentation of that variable.")
27083
27084 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27085
27086 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27087 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27088 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27089 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27090 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27091
27092 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27093
27094 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27095 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27096 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27097 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27098
27099 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27100
27101 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27102 User defined LaTeX block names.
27103 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27104
27105 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27106
27107 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27108 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27109 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27110 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27111
27112 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27113
27114 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27115 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27116 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27117 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27118
27119 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27120
27121 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27122 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27123 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27124 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27125
27126 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27127 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27128 for example,
27129
27130 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27131 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27132
27133 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27134 use.")
27135
27136 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27137
27138 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27139 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27140 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27141 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27142 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27143
27144 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27145
27146 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27147
27148 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27149 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27150 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27151
27152 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27153
27154 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27155 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27156 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27157 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27158 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27159
27160 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27161
27162 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27163 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27164
27165 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27166
27167 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27168 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27169
27170 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27171
27172 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27173 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27174 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27175 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27176 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27177 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27178 says which mode to use.
27179
27180 \(fn)" t nil)
27181
27182 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27183
27184 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27185
27186 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27187
27188 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27189 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27190 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27191 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27192 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27193
27194 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27195 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27196 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27197 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27198 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27199 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27200 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27201
27202 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27203 mismatched $'s or braces.
27204
27205 Special commands:
27206 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27207
27208 Mode variables:
27209 tex-run-command
27210 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27211 tex-directory
27212 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27213 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27214 tex-dvi-print-command
27215 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27216 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27217 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27218 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27219 tex-dvi-view-command
27220 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27221 tex-show-queue-command
27222 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27223 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27224
27225 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27226 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27227 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27228
27229 \(fn)" t nil)
27230
27231 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27232 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27233 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27234 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27235 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27236
27237 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27238 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27239 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27240 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27241 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27242 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27243 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27244
27245 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27246 mismatched $'s or braces.
27247
27248 Special commands:
27249 \\{latex-mode-map}
27250
27251 Mode variables:
27252 latex-run-command
27253 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27254 tex-directory
27255 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27256 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27257 tex-dvi-print-command
27258 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27259 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27260 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27261 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27262 tex-dvi-view-command
27263 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27264 tex-show-queue-command
27265 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27266 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27267
27268 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27269 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27270 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27271
27272 \(fn)" t nil)
27273
27274 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27275 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27276 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27277 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27278 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27279
27280 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27281 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27282 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27283 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27284 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27285 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27286 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27287
27288 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27289 mismatched $'s or braces.
27290
27291 Special commands:
27292 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27293
27294 Mode variables:
27295 slitex-run-command
27296 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27297 tex-directory
27298 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27299 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27300 tex-dvi-print-command
27301 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27302 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27303 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27304 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27305 tex-dvi-view-command
27306 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27307 tex-show-queue-command
27308 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27309 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27310
27311 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27312 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27313 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27314 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27315
27316 \(fn)" t nil)
27317
27318 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27319
27320
27321 \(fn)" nil nil)
27322
27323 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27324 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27325
27326 \(fn)" t nil)
27327
27328 ;;;***
27329 \f
27330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27332
27333 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27334 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27335 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27336 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27337
27338 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27339 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27340 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27341
27342 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27343
27344 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27345 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27346 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27347 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27348 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27349
27350 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27351
27352 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27353 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27354 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27355 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27356
27357 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27358 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27359 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27360 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27361
27362 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27363 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27364
27365 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27366
27367 ;;;***
27368 \f
27369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
27370 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27371
27372 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27373 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27374
27375 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27376
27377 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27378 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27379
27380 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27381
27382 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27383 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27384
27385 It has these extra commands:
27386 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27387
27388 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27389 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27390 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27391 modified version of TeX input format.
27392
27393 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27394 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27395 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27396 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27397
27398 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27399 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27400 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27401 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27402 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27403 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27404 in the Texinfo file.
27405
27406 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27407 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27408 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27409 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27410 move forward past the closing brace.
27411
27412 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27413 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27414
27415 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27416 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27417 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27418
27419 Here are the functions:
27420
27421 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27422 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27423 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27424
27425 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27426 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27427 texinfo-master-menu
27428
27429 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27430
27431 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27432 which menu descriptions are indented.
27433
27434 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27435 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27436 in the region.
27437
27438 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27439 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27440 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27441 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27442
27443 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27444 be the first node in the file.
27445
27446 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27447 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27448
27449 \(fn)" t nil)
27450
27451 ;;;***
27452 \f
27453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
27454 ;;;;;; 0))
27455 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27456
27457 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27458 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27459 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27460 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27461
27462 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27463
27464 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27465 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27466
27467 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27468
27469 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27470 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27471
27472 \(fn)" t nil)
27473
27474 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27475
27476
27477 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27478
27479 ;;;***
27480 \f
27481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27483
27484 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27485 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27486 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27487 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27488 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27489 `line', and `page'.
27490
27491 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27494 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27495 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27496 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27497 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27498 `line', and `page'.
27499
27500 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27501 valid THING.
27502
27503 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27504 positions of the thing found.
27505
27506 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27507
27508 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27509 Return the THING at point.
27510 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27511 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27512 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27513 `line', `number', and `page'.
27514
27515 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27516 strip text properties from the return value.
27517
27518 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27519 a symbol as a valid THING.
27520
27521 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27522
27523 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27524 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27525
27526 \(fn)" nil nil)
27527
27528 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27529 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27530
27531 \(fn)" nil nil)
27532
27533 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27534 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27535
27536 \(fn)" nil nil)
27537
27538 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27539 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27540
27541 \(fn)" nil nil)
27542
27543 ;;;***
27544 \f
27545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
27546 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27547
27548 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27549 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27550
27551 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27552
27553 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27554 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27555 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27556 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27557
27558 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27559
27560 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27561 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27562
27563 \(fn)" t nil)
27564
27565 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27566 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27567
27568 \(fn)" t nil)
27569
27570 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27571
27572 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27573 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27574
27575 \(fn)" t nil)
27576
27577 ;;;***
27578 \f
27579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
27580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27581 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27582
27583 ;;;***
27584 \f
27585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
27586 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27587 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27588
27589 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27590 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27591 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27592
27593 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27594
27595 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27596 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27597
27598 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27599
27600 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27601 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27602 The returned string has no composition information.
27603
27604 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27605
27606 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27607 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27608
27609 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27610
27611 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27612 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27613
27614 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27615
27616 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27617 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27618 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27619 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27620
27621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27622
27623 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27624 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27625 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27626 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27627
27628 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27631 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27632 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27633
27634 \(fn)" t nil)
27635
27636 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27637 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27638 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27639
27640 \(fn)" t nil)
27641
27642 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27643
27644
27645 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27646
27647 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27648
27649
27650 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27651
27652 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27653
27654
27655 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27656
27657 ;;;***
27658 \f
27659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
27660 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27661 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27662
27663 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27664 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27665 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27666 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27667 parameters.
27668 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27669 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27670 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27671
27672 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27673
27674 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27675 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27676 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27677 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27678 parameters.
27679 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27680 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27681 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27682
27683 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27684
27685 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27686 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27687
27688 If
27689 * character before point is a space character,
27690 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27691 constituent),
27692 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27693 characters) from before the space character, and
27694 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27695 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27696 return t.
27697
27698 Otherwise, if
27699 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27700 * character before point is a space character, and
27701 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27702 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27703 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27704
27705 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27706
27707 \(fn)" t nil)
27708
27709 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27710 Adds electric behavior to space character.
27711
27712 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27713 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27714 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27715 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27716
27717 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27718 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27719 variable will be set to the representation.
27720
27721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27722
27723 ;;;***
27724 \f
27725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
27726 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27727
27728 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27729 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27730
27731 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27732 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27733
27734 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27735 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27736 This display updates automatically every minute.
27737 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27738 are displayed as well.
27739 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27740
27741 \(fn)" t nil)
27742
27743 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27744 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27745 See the `display-time-mode' command
27746 for a description of this minor mode.
27747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27749 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27750
27751 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27752
27753 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27754 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27756 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27757 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27758
27759 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27760 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27761 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27762 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27763 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27764
27765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27766
27767 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27768 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27769 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27770 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27771
27772 \(fn)" t nil)
27773
27774 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27775 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27776 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27777 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27778
27779 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27780
27781 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27782 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27783
27784 \(fn)" t nil)
27785
27786 ;;;***
27787 \f
27788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
27789 ;;;;;; 0))
27790 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27791
27792 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27793 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27794 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27795
27796 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27797 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27798 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27799 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27800 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27801 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27802
27803 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27804 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27805
27806 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27807
27808 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27809 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27810
27811 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27812
27813 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27814 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27815 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27816
27817 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27818
27819 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27820 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27821 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27822 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27823
27824 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27825 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27826 DATE should be a date-time string.
27827
27828 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27829
27830 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27831 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27832 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27833
27834 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27835
27836 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27837 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27838
27839 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27840
27841 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27842 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27843
27844 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27845
27846 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27847 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27848 TIME should be a time value.
27849 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27850
27851 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27852
27853 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27854 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27855 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27856
27857 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27858
27859 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27860 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27861 The valid format specifiers are:
27862 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27863 %d is the number of days.
27864 %h is the number of hours.
27865 %m is the number of minutes.
27866 %s is the number of seconds.
27867 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27868 %% is a literal \"%\".
27869
27870 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27871 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27872
27873 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27874 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27875 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27876
27877 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27878 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27879 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27880
27881 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27882
27883 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27884
27885 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27886 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27887
27888 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27889
27890 ;;;***
27891 \f
27892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
27893 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27894 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27895 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27896 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27897 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27898 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27899 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27900 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27901 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27902
27903 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27904 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27905 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27906 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27907 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
27908 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27909 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27910 look like one of the following:
27911 Time-stamp: <>
27912 Time-stamp: \" \"
27913 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27914 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27915 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27916 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27917 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27918 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27919 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27920 the template.
27921
27922 \(fn)" t nil)
27923
27924 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27925 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27926 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27927
27928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27929
27930 ;;;***
27931 \f
27932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
27933 ;;;;;; 0))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27935 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27936
27937 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27938 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27939 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
27940 for a description of this minor mode.
27941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27943 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27944
27945 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27946
27947 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27948 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27949 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27950 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27951 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27952 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27953 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27954 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27955 display (non-nil means on).
27956
27957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27958
27959 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27960 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27961 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27962 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27963 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27964 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27965 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27966 this function is called within a day.
27967
27968 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27969 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27970 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27971 discover the name of the project.
27972
27973 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27974
27975 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27976 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27977 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27978 begun during the last time segment.
27979
27980 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27981 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27982 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27983 discover the reason.
27984
27985 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27986
27987 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27988 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27989 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27990 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27991 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27992
27993 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27994
27995 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27996 Change to working on a different project.
27997 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27998 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27999 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28000 working on.
28001
28002 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28003
28004 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28005 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28006 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28007
28008 \(fn)" nil nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28011 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28012 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28013
28014 \(fn)" t nil)
28015
28016 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28017 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28018 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28019 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28020 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28021 \"relative to today\".
28022
28023 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28024
28025 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28026 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28027 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28028 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28029
28030 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28031
28032 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28033 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28034 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28035 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28036 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28037 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28038
28039 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28040
28041 ;;;***
28042 \f
28043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
28044 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
28046
28047 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
28048 List all timers in a buffer.
28049
28050 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
28051 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
28052
28053 ;;;***
28054 \f
28055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28056 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28058
28059 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28060 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28061 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28062 the generated Quail package is saved.
28063
28064 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28065
28066 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28067 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28068 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28069 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28070 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28071 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28072 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28073
28074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28075
28076 ;;;***
28077 \f
28078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28079 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28080 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28081 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28082
28083 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28084 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28085 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28086 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28087 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28088
28089 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28090 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28091 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28092
28093 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28094
28095 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28096 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28097 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28098 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28099 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28100
28101 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28102
28103 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28104 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28105 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28106 in the menu in two ways:
28107 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28108 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28109 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28110
28111 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28112 keymap or an alist of alists.
28113 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28114 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28115
28116 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28117
28118 ;;;***
28119 \f
28120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
28121 ;;;;;; 0))
28122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28123
28124 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28125 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28126
28127 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28128 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28129 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28130 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28131 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28132 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28133 file was last visited.
28134
28135 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28136 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28137 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28138 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28139 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28140 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28141 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28142 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28143 for the first item.
28144
28145 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28146 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28147 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28148 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28149 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28150 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28151 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28152 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28153
28154 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28155 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28156 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28157 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28158 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28159
28160 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28161 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28162
28163 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28164
28165 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28166 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28167
28168 \\{todo-mode-map}
28169
28170 \(fn)" t nil)
28171
28172 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28173 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28174
28175 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28176
28177 \(fn)" t nil)
28178
28179 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28180 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28181
28182 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28183
28184 \(fn)" t nil)
28185
28186 ;;;***
28187 \f
28188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28189 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28190
28191 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28192 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28193 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28194
28195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28196
28197 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28198 Add an item to the tool bar.
28199 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28200 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28201 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28202 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28203
28204 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28205 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28206 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28207 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28208
28209 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28210 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28211
28212 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28213
28214 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28215 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28216 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28217 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28218 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28219 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28220
28221 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28222 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28223 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28224 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28225
28226 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28227
28228 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28229 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28230 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28231 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28232 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28233 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28234 properties to add to the binding.
28235
28236 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28237
28238 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28239 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28240
28241 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28242
28243 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28244 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28245 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28246 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28247 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28248 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28249 properties to add to the binding.
28250
28251 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28252 holds a keymap.
28253
28254 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28255
28256 ;;;***
28257 \f
28258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28260
28261 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28262 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28263 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28264 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28265 to a tcp server on another machine.
28266
28267 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28268
28269 ;;;***
28270 \f
28271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28273
28274 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28275 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28276
28277 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28278
28279 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28280 Helper function to get internal values.
28281 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28282
28283 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28284
28285 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28286 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28287 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28288 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28289
28290 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28291 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28292 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28293 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28294 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28295
28296 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28297 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28298 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28299 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28300
28301 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28302
28303 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28304
28305 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28306 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28307 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28308 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28309
28310 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28311
28312 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28313
28314 ;;;***
28315 \f
28316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
28317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28318
28319 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28320 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28321 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28322
28323 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28324
28325 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
28326 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28327
28328 It can have the following values:
28329
28330 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
28331 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
28332
28333 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28334
28335 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28336 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28337 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28338
28339 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28340
28341 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28342 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28343 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28344
28345 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28346 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28347 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28348 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28349 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28350 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28351 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28352 files which are not really Tramp files.
28353
28354 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28355 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28356 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28357 updated after changing this variable.
28358
28359 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28360
28361 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28362 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28363 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28364
28365 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28366
28367 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28368 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28369 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28370
28371 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28372 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28373 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28374
28375 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28376 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28377 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28378 updated after changing this variable.
28379
28380 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28381
28382 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28383 Alist of completion handler functions.
28384 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28385 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28386 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28387
28388 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28389 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28390 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28391 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28392
28393 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28394 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28395 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28396
28397 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28398 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28399
28400 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28401 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28402
28403 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28404
28405 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28406
28407
28408 \(fn)" nil nil)
28409
28410 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28411 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28412
28413 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28414
28415 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28416 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28417
28418 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28419
28420 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28421 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28422
28423 \(fn)" t nil)
28424
28425 ;;;***
28426 \f
28427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
28428 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28429
28430 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28431
28432
28433 \(fn)" nil nil)
28434
28435 ;;;***
28436 \f
28437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
28438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28439 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
28440
28441 ;;;***
28442 \f
28443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28445
28446 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28447 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28448 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28449 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28450 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28451 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28452 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28453 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28454
28455 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28456 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28457 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28458
28459 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28460 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28461 resumed later.
28462
28463 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28464
28465 ;;;***
28466 \f
28467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
28468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28469
28470 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28471
28472
28473 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28474
28475 ;;;***
28476 \f
28477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
28478 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28479 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28480 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28481 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28482 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28483
28484 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28485 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28486 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28487 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28488 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28489 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28490 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28491
28492 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28493
28494 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28495 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28496 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28497 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28498
28499 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28500
28501 \(fn)" t nil)
28502
28503 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28504 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28505 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28506 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28507 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28508 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28509 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28510
28511 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28512 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28513
28514 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28515 \\___/\\
28516 / \\
28517 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28518
28519 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28520
28521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28522
28523 ;;;***
28524 \f
28525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
28526 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28527
28528 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28529 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28530 See the `type-break-mode' command
28531 for a description of this minor mode.
28532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28534 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28535
28536 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28537
28538 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28539 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28540 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28541
28542 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28543 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28544 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28545 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28546 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28547 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28548 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28549
28550 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28551 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28552
28553 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28554 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28555 reset the keystroke counter.
28556
28557 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28558 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28559 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28560 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28561
28562 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28563 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28564 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28565 `type-break-schedule' command.
28566
28567 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28568 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28569 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28570 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28571 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28572 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28573 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28574 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28575 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28576
28577 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28578 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28579 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28580 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28581 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28582
28583 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28584 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28585 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28586 approximate good values for this.
28587
28588 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28589 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28590
28591 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28592 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28593 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28594 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28595 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28596 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28597
28598 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28599 a typing break occur. They include:
28600
28601 `type-break-query-mode'
28602 `type-break-query-function'
28603 `type-break-query-interval'
28604
28605 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28606
28607 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28608 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28609 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28610 problems.
28611
28612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28613
28614 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28615 Take a typing break.
28616
28617 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28618 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28619
28620 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28621 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28622
28623 \(fn)" t nil)
28624
28625 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28626 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28627 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28628 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28629
28630 \(fn)" t nil)
28631
28632 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28633 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28634
28635 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28636 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28637 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28638 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28639 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28640 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28641 average typing speed.)
28642
28643 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28644 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28645 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28646 the computed maximum threshold.
28647
28648 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28649 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28650 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28651 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28652 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28653
28654 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28655
28656 ;;;***
28657 \f
28658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28660
28661 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28662 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28663 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28664 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28665 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28666
28667 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28668
28669 ;;;***
28670 \f
28671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28672 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28674
28675 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28676 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28677
28678 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28679
28680 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28681 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28682
28683 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28684
28685 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28686 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28687
28688 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28689
28690 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28691 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28692
28693 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28694
28695 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28696 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28697
28698 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28699
28700 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28701 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28702
28703 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28704
28705 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28706 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28707
28708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28709
28710 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28711 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28712
28713 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28714
28715 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28716 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28717
28718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28719
28720 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28721 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28722
28723 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28724
28725 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28726 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28727
28728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28729
28730 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28731 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28732
28733 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28734
28735 ;;;***
28736 \f
28737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
28738 ;;;;;; 0))
28739 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28740
28741 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28742 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28743 Works by overstriking underscores.
28744 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28745 which specify the range to operate on.
28746
28747 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28748
28749 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28750 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28751 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28752 which specify the range to operate on.
28753
28754 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28755
28756 ;;;***
28757 \f
28758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28760
28761 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28762 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28763 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28764 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28765 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28766 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28767
28768 \(fn)" nil nil)
28769
28770 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28771 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28772 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28773
28774 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28775
28776 ;;;***
28777 \f
28778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
28779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28780
28781 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28782 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28783 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28784 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28785
28786 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28787
28788 ;;;***
28789 \f
28790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
28791 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28792
28793 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28794 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28795 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28796 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28797 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28798
28799 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28800 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28801 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28802 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28803 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28804 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28805
28806 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28807 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28808 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28809
28810 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28811 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28812 the callback is not called).
28813
28814 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28815 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28816 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28817 take effect.
28818
28819 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28820 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28821 the server.
28822 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28823 URL-encoded before it's used.
28824
28825 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28826
28827 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28828 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28829 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28830 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28831 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28832
28833 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
28834 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
28835 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
28836 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
28837
28838 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
28839
28840 ;;;***
28841 \f
28842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28844
28845 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28846 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28847 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28848
28849 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28850 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28851 `url-generic-parse-url'
28852 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28853 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
28854 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28855 realm
28856 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28857 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
28858 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
28859 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28860 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28861 what type of auth to use
28862 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28863 if one cannot be found in the cache
28864
28865 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28868 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28869
28870 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28871 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28872 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28873 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28874 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28875 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28876 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28877 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28878
28879 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28880
28881 ;;;***
28882 \f
28883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28885
28886 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28887 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28888
28889 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28890
28891 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28892 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28893 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28894
28895 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28896
28897 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28898 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28899
28900 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28901
28902 ;;;***
28903 \f
28904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28908
28909
28910 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28911
28912 ;;;***
28913 \f
28914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
28915 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28916
28917 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28918 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28919 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28920
28921 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28922
28923 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28924 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28925 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28926 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28927
28928 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28929 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28930 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28931 though.
28932
28933 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28934
28935 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28936 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28937 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28938
28939 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28940
28941 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28942
28943
28944 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28945
28946 ;;;***
28947 \f
28948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
28949 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28950
28951 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28952 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28953
28954 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28955
28956 ;;;***
28957 \f
28958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
28959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28960
28961 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28962 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28963
28964 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28965
28966 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28967 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28968 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28969 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28970 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28971
28972 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28973 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28974
28975 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28976
28977 ;;;***
28978 \f
28979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
28980 ;;;;;; 0))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28982
28983 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28984 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28985 See the `url-handler-mode' command
28986 for a description of this minor mode.
28987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28988 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28989 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28990
28991 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28992
28993 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28994 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28996 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28997 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28998
28999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29000
29001 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29002 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29003 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29004 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29005
29006 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29007
29008 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29009 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29010 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29011 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29012 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29013 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29014 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29015 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29016 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29017 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29018
29019 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29020
29021 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29022 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29023 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29024 accessible.
29025
29026 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29027
29028 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29029 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29030 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29031 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29032
29033 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29034
29035 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29036
29037
29038 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29039
29040 ;;;***
29041 \f
29042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
29043 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29044 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29045
29046 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29047 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29048 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29049 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29050 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29051
29052 ;;;***
29053 \f
29054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29055 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29056
29057 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29058
29059
29060 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29061
29062 ;;;***
29063 \f
29064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29066
29067 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29068 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29069 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29070 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29071 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29072
29073 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29074
29075 ;;;***
29076 \f
29077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
29078 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29079
29080 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29081
29082
29083 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29084
29085 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29086 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29087
29088 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29089
29090 ;;;***
29091 \f
29092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29093 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29094
29095 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29096 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29097
29098 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29099
29100 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29101 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29102
29103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29104
29105 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29106
29107
29108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29109
29110 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29111
29112 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29113
29114 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29117 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29118
29119 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29120
29121 ;;;***
29122 \f
29123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
29124 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29125
29126 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29127
29128
29129 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29130
29131 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29132
29133
29134 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29135
29136 ;;;***
29137 \f
29138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29140
29141 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29142
29143
29144 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29145
29146 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29147
29148
29149 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29150
29151 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29152
29153
29154 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29155
29156 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29157
29158
29159 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29160
29161 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29162
29163
29164 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29165
29166 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29167
29168
29169 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29172
29173
29174 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29175
29176 ;;;***
29177 \f
29178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
29179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29180
29181 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29182 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29183
29184 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29185
29186 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29187 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29188 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29189
29190 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29191 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29192 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29193 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29194 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29195 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29196 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29197 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29198 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29199 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29200 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29201 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29202 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29203 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29204
29205 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29206 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29207 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29208
29209 Here is an example. The URL
29210
29211 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29212
29213 parses to
29214
29215 TYPE = \"foo\"
29216 USER = \"bob\"
29217 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29218 HOST = \"example.com\"
29219 PORTSPEC = 42
29220 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29221 TARGET = \"nose\"
29222 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29223 FULLNESS = t
29224
29225 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29226
29227 ;;;***
29228 \f
29229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
29230 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29233 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29234
29235 \(fn)" t nil)
29236
29237 ;;;***
29238 \f
29239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
29240 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29241
29242 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29243 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29244 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29245 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29246 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29247 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29248
29249 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29250
29251 ;;;***
29252 \f
29253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
29254 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29255
29256 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29257 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29258 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29259
29260 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29261
29262 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29263 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29264 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29265 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29266
29267 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29268
29269 ;;;***
29270 \f
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
29272 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29273
29274 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29275 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29276 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29277
29278 If t, all messages will be logged.
29279 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29280 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29281
29282 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29283
29284 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29285
29286
29287 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29288
29289 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29290
29291
29292 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29295 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29296 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29297 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29298 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29299 & ==> &amp;
29300 < ==> &lt;
29301 > ==> &gt;
29302 \" ==> &quot;
29303
29304 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29305
29306 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29307 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29308 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29309
29310 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29311
29312 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29313 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29314 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29315
29316 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29317
29318 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29319 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29320
29321 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29322
29323 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29324 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29325
29326 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29327
29328 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29329 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29330
29331 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29332
29333 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29334
29335
29336 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29337
29338 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29339
29340
29341 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29342
29343 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29344
29345 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29346 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29347
29348 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29349
29350 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29351 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29352
29353 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29354
29355 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29356
29357
29358 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29359
29360 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29361 Build a query-string.
29362
29363 Given a QUERY in the form:
29364 ((key1 val1)
29365 (key2 val2)
29366 (key3 val1 val2)
29367 (key4)
29368 (key5 \"\"))
29369
29370 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29371
29372 This will return a string
29373 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29374 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29375 be used.
29376
29377 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29378
29379 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29380 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29381
29382 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29383
29384 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29385 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29386 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29387 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29388 forbidden in URL encoding.
29389
29390 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29391
29392 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29393 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29394 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29395 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29396 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29397 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29398
29399 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29400 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29401 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29402 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29403
29404 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29405
29406 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29407 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29408 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29409 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29410 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29411 should return it unchanged.
29412
29413 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29414
29415 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29416 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29417 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29418 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29419
29420 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29421
29422 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29423 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29424 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29425
29426 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29427
29428 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29429 View the current document's URL.
29430 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29431 the minibuffer.
29432
29433 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29434
29435 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29436
29437 ;;;***
29438 \f
29439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
29440 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29441
29442 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29443 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29444 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29445 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29446 to refrain from editing the file
29447 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29448 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29449 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29450 in any way you like.
29451
29452 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29453
29454 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29455 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29456 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29457 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29458 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29459
29460 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29461 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29462
29463 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29464
29465 ;;;***
29466 \f
29467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
29468 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29469
29470 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29471
29472
29473 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29474
29475 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29476
29477
29478 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29479
29480 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29481
29482
29483 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29486
29487
29488 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29489
29490 ;;;***
29491 \f
29492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
29493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
29494
29495 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29496 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29497
29498 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29499
29500 ;;;***
29501 \f
29502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29503 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29504
29505 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29506 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29507 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29508 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29509
29510 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29511
29512 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29513 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29514 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29515
29516 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29517
29518 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29519 Uudecode region between START and END.
29520 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29521
29522 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29523
29524 ;;;***
29525 \f
29526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29527 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29528
29529 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29530 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29531 See `run-hooks'.")
29532
29533 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29534
29535 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29536 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29537 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29538
29539 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29540
29541 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29542 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29543 See `run-hooks'.")
29544
29545 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29546
29547 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29548 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29549
29550 If FILE is already registered, return the
29551 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29552 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29553 responsible for FILE is returned.
29554
29555 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29556
29557 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29558 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29559 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29560 same state. If not, signal an error.
29561
29562 For merging-based version control systems:
29563 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29564 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29565 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29566 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29567 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29568 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29569
29570 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29571 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29572 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29573 the file(s) for editing.
29574 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29575 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29576 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29577 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29578 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29579
29580 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29583 Register into a version control system.
29584 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29585 Otherwise register the current file.
29586 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29587
29588 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29589 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29590 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29591 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29592 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29593 first backend that could register the file is used.
29594
29595 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29596
29597 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29598 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29599
29600 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29601
29602 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29603 Display diffs between file revisions.
29604 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29605 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29606 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29607
29608 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29609 saving the buffer.
29610
29611 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29612
29613 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29614 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29615 repository history using ediff.
29616
29617 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29618
29619 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29620 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29621 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29622 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29623 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29624
29625 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29626 saving the buffer.
29627
29628 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29629
29630 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29631 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29632 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29633 fileset with the working revision.
29634 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29635 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29636
29637 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29638 saving the buffer.
29639
29640 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29641
29642 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29643 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29644 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29645
29646 \(fn)" nil nil)
29647
29648 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29649 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29650 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29651 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29652
29653 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29654
29655 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29656 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29657 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29658 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29659
29660 \(fn)" t nil)
29661
29662 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29663 Perform a version control merge operation.
29664 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29665 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29666 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29667 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29668
29669 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29670 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29671 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29672 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29673 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29674 changes from the current branch.
29675
29676 \(fn)" t nil)
29677
29678 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29679 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29680
29681 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29682
29683 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29684
29685 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29686 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29687 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29688 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29689 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29690 checked out in that new branch.
29691
29692 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29693
29694 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29695 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29696 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29697 named branch in the directory DIR.
29698 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29699 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29700 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29701 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29702 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29703 allowed and simply skipped).
29704
29705 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29706
29707 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29708 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29709 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29710 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29711 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29712
29713 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29714 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29715
29716 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29717
29718 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29719 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29720 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29721 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29722 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29723
29724 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29725
29726 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29727 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29728 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29729
29730 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29731
29732 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29733 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29734 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29735
29736 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29737
29738 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29739 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29740
29741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29742
29743 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29744 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29745 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29746 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29747
29748 \(fn)" t nil)
29749
29750 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29751
29752 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29753 Update the current fileset or branch.
29754 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29755 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29756 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29757 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
29758 command to run.
29759
29760 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29761 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29762 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29763 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29764 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29765
29766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29767
29768 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29769
29770 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29771 Push the current branch.
29772 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29773 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29774 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29775 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
29776 VCS command to run.
29777
29778 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29779 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
29780
29781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29782
29783 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29784 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29785 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29786 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29787 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29788 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29789 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29790
29791 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29792
29793 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29794 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29795 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29796 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29797 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29798 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29799 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29800 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29801 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29802
29803 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29804
29805 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29806 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29807 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29808 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29809
29810 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29811
29812 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29813 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29814 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29815 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29816
29817 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29818
29819 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29820 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29821 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29822 directory.
29823
29824 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29825
29826 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29827 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29828 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29829
29830 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29831 log entries should be gathered.
29832
29833 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29834
29835 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29836 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29837
29838 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29839
29840 ;;;***
29841 \f
29842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
29843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29844
29845 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29846 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29847
29848 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29849 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29850 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29851 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29852 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29853 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29854
29855 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29856 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29857 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29858 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29859 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29860 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29861 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29862 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29863
29864 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29865
29866 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29867
29868 Customization variables:
29869
29870 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29871 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29872 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29873 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29874 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29875 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29876
29877 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29878
29879 ;;;***
29880 \f
29881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29883
29884 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29885 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29886
29887 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29888 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29889 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29890 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29891 (progn
29892 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29893 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29894
29895 ;;;***
29896 \f
29897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
29898 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29899 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29900 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29901 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29902 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29903 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29904 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29905
29906 ;;;***
29907 \f
29908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
29909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29910
29911 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29912 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29913 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29914 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29915 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29916
29917 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29918 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29919 The file lines appear later.
29920
29921 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29922 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29923
29924 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29925
29926 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29927
29928 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29929
29930 ;;;***
29931 \f
29932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
29933 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29935
29936 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29937 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29938 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29939 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29940 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29941 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29942 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29943 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29944 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29945 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29946 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29947 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29948 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29949 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29950 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29951
29952 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29953
29954 ;;;***
29955 \f
29956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
29957 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29958 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29959 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29960 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29961 (progn
29962 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29963 (vc-git-registered file))))
29964
29965 ;;;***
29966 \f
29967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
29968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29969 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29970 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29971 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29972 (progn
29973 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29974 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29975
29976 ;;;***
29977 \f
29978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
29979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29980
29981 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29982 Name of the monotone directory.")
29983
29984 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29985 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29986 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29987 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29988 (progn
29989 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29990 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29991
29992 ;;;***
29993 \f
29994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
29995 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29996
29997 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29998 Where to look for RCS master files.
29999 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30000
30001 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30002
30003 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30004
30005 ;;;***
30006 \f
30007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
30008 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30009
30010 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30011 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30012 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30013
30014 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30015
30016 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30017
30018 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30019 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30020 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30021 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30022
30023 ;;;***
30024 \f
30025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30027
30028 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30029 Where to look for SRC master files.
30030 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30031
30032 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30033
30034 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30035
30036 ;;;***
30037 \f
30038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30040 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30041 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30042 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30043 "_svn")
30044 (t ".svn"))))
30045 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30046 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30047 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30048
30049 ;;;***
30050 \f
30051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
30052 ;;;;;; 0))
30053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30054 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30055 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30056
30057 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30058 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30059
30060 Usage:
30061 ------
30062
30063 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30064 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30065 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30066 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30067
30068 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30069 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30070 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30071 completions.
30072
30073 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30074 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30075
30076 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30077 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30078
30079 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30080 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30081 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30082
30083 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30084
30085
30086 Maintenance:
30087 ------------
30088
30089 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30090 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30091
30092 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30093
30094 Official distribution is at
30095 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30096
30097
30098 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30099 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30100
30101 Key bindings:
30102 -------------
30103
30104 \\{vera-mode-map}
30105
30106 \(fn)" t nil)
30107
30108 ;;;***
30109 \f
30110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30111 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30113
30114 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30115 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30116 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30117 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30118 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30119
30120 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30121
30122 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30123 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30124
30125 Supports highlighting.
30126
30127 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30128 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30129
30130 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30131
30132 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30133 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30134 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30135 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30136 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30137 on the left side of your screen.
30138 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30139 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30140 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30141 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30142 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30143 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30144 function keyword.
30145 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30146 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30147 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30148 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30149 if (a)
30150 begin
30151 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30152 Indentation for case statements.
30153 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30154 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30155 mark after an end.
30156 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30157 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30158 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30159 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30160 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30161 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30162 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30163 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30164 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30165 if (a)
30166 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30167 otherwise you get:
30168 if (a)
30169 begin
30170 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30171 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30172 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30173 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30174 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30175 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30176 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30177 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30178 comments in tight quarters.
30179 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30180 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30181
30182 Variables controlling other actions:
30183
30184 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30185 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30186 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30187
30188 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30189
30190 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30191
30192 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30193 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30194 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30195
30196 Some other functions are:
30197
30198 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30199 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30200 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30201 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30202 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30203
30204 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30205 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30206 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30207 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30208
30209 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30210 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30211 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30212 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30213 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30214 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30215 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30216 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30217 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30218 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30219 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30220 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30221 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30222 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30223 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30224 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30225 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30226 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30227 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30228 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30229 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30230 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30231 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30232 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30233 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30234 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30235 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30236 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30237 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30238 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30239 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30240
30241 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30242 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30243
30244 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30245
30246 \(fn)" t nil)
30247
30248 ;;;***
30249 \f
30250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
30251 ;;;;;; 0))
30252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30253
30254 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30255 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30256
30257 Usage:
30258 ------
30259
30260 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30261 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30262 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30263 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30264 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30265 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30266 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30267 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30268 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30269
30270 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30271 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30272 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30273 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30274
30275 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30276 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30277 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30278 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30279 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30280
30281 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30282 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30283
30284
30285 HEADER INSERTION:
30286 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30287 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30288 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30289
30290
30291 STUTTERING:
30292 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30293 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30294 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30295 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30296
30297 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30298 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30299 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30300 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30301 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30302
30303
30304 WORD COMPLETION:
30305 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30306 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30307 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30308 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30309
30310 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30311 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30312 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30313 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30314 beginning with \"std\").
30315
30316 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30317 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30318 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30319 stop.
30320
30321
30322 COMMENTS:
30323 `--' puts a single comment.
30324 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30325 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30326 with a comment in between.
30327 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30328 out following lines.
30329 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30330 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30331 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30332 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30333
30334 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30335 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30336 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30337 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30338 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30339 non-nil.
30340
30341 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30342 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30343 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30344 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30345 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30346 multi-line comments.
30347
30348
30349 INDENTATION:
30350 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30351 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30352 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30353 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30354 the entire region.
30355
30356 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30357 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30358 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30359 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30360
30361 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30362 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30363 tabs and vice versa.
30364
30365 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30366 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30367
30368 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30369 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30370 line.
30371
30372
30373 ALIGNMENT:
30374 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30375 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30376 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30377 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30378 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30379 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30380 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30381 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30382
30383 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30384 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30385 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30386 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30387 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30388 is non-nil.
30389
30390 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30391 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30392 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30393
30394 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30395 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30396
30397
30398 CODE FILLING:
30399 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30400 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30401 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30402 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30403 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30404 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30405
30406
30407 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30408 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30409 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30410 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30411 command:
30412
30413 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30414
30415
30416 PORT TRANSLATION:
30417 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30418 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30419 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30420 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30421 internal signal initializations (menu).
30422
30423 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30424 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30425 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30426
30427 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30428 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30429 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30430 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30431 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30432 in subsequent paste operations.)
30433
30434 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30435 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30436 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30437
30438
30439 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30440 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30441 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30442 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30443 association list with formals).
30444
30445
30446 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30447 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30448 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30449 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30450 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30451 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30452 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30453 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30454 `vhdl-testbench'.
30455
30456
30457 KEY BINDINGS:
30458 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30459
30460
30461 VHDL MENU:
30462 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30463
30464
30465 FILE BROWSER:
30466 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30467 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30468 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30469
30470 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30471 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30472
30473
30474 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30475 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30476 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30477 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30478
30479 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30480 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30481 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30482
30483 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30484 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30485 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30486 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30487
30488 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30489 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30490 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30491 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30492 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30493
30494 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30495 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30496 required by secondary units.
30497
30498
30499 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30500 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30501 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30502 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30503 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30504 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30505 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30506 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30507 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30508 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30509 inputs to this component -> input port created
30510 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30511 outputs from this component -> output port created
30512 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30513 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30514
30515 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30516 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30517 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30518 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30519 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30520
30521 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30522 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30523
30524 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30525 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30526 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30527 component instantiation is also supported (option
30528 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30529
30530 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30531 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30532 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30533 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30534 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30535 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30536 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30537 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30538 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30539 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30540 generating the configuration.
30541
30542 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30543 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30544 configurations in speedbar.
30545
30546 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30547
30548
30549 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30550 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30551 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30552 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30553 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30554 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30555 information. New compilers can be added.
30556
30557 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30558 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30559
30560
30561 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30562 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30563 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30564 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30565 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30566
30567 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30568 command:
30569
30570 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30571 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30572 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30573
30574 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30575 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30576 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30577 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30578 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30579 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30580 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30581 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30582 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30583
30584 Limitations:
30585 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30586 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30587 not (yet) supported.
30588 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30589 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30590 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30591
30592
30593 PROJECTS:
30594 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30595 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30596 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30597 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30598 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30599 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30600 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30601 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30602
30603 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30604 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30605 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30606 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30607 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30608 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30609 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30610 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30611 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30612 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30613 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30614
30615
30616 SPECIAL MENUES:
30617 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30618 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30619 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30620 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30621 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30622 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30623 current directory for VHDL source files.
30624
30625
30626 VHDL STANDARDS:
30627 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30628 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30629
30630
30631 KEYWORD CASE:
30632 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30633 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30634 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30635 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30636 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30637 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30638 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30639 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30640
30641
30642 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30643 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30644 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30645 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30646 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30647 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30648 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30649
30650 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30651 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30652 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30653 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30654 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30655 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30656
30657 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30658 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30659 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30660 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30661 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30662 visually.
30663
30664 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30665 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30666 highlighted if written in lower case.
30667
30668 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30669 highlighted using a different background color if option
30670 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30671
30672 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30673 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30674 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30675 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30676 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30677
30678
30679 USER MODELS:
30680 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30681 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30682 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30683
30684
30685 HIDE/SHOW:
30686 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30687 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30688 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30689 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30690 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30691
30692
30693 CODE UPDATING:
30694 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30695 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30696 Limitations:
30697 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30698 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30699 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30700 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30701 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30702 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30703 (used to obtain the port names).
30704 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30705 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30706 sensitivity lists.
30707
30708
30709 CODE FIXING:
30710 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30711 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30712
30713
30714 PRINTING:
30715 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30716 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30717 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30718 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30719 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30720 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30721 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30722 printers.
30723
30724
30725 OPTIONS:
30726 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30727 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30728 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30729 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30730 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30731
30732 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30733 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30734 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30735 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30736 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30737 INSTALL file).
30738
30739 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30740 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30741
30742
30743 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30744 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30745 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30746 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30747
30748 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30749
30750
30751 HINTS:
30752 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30753 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30754
30755 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30756
30757 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30758
30759 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30760
30761
30762 RELEASE NOTES:
30763 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30764
30765
30766 Maintenance:
30767 ------------
30768
30769 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
30770 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30771
30772 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30773
30774 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30775 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30776 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30777 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30778
30779 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30780 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30781 where the latest version can be found.
30782
30783
30784 Known problems:
30785 ---------------
30786
30787 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30788 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30789 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30790 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30791
30792
30793 The VHDL Mode Authors
30794 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30795
30796 Key bindings:
30797 -------------
30798
30799 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30800
30801 \(fn)" t nil)
30802
30803 ;;;***
30804 \f
30805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
30806 ;;;;;; 0))
30807 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30808
30809 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30810 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30811
30812 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30813
30814 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30815 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30816 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30817 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30818
30819 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30820
30821 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30822 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30823
30824 \(fn)" t nil)
30825
30826 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30827 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30828 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30829 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30830
30831 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30832
30833 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30834 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30835
30836 \(fn)" t nil)
30837
30838 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30839
30840
30841 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30842
30843 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30844
30845
30846 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30847
30848 ;;;***
30849 \f
30850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
30851 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30852
30853 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30854 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30855 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30856
30857 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30858
30859 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30860 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30861 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30862 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30863
30864 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30865
30866 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30867 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30868
30869 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30870
30871 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30872 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30873 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30874 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30875 moving around in the buffer.
30876 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30877 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30878
30879 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30880
30881 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30882
30883 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30884 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30885 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30886 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30887
30888 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30889 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30890 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30891 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30892 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30893
30894 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30895
30896 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30897
30898 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30899 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30900 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30901 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30902 buffer.
30903
30904 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30905 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30906 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30907 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30908 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30909
30910 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30911
30912 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30913
30914 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30915 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30916 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30917 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30918 moving around in the buffer.
30919 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30920 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30921
30922 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30923
30924 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30925 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30926 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30927
30928 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30929 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30930 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30931 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30932
30933 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30934 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30935 own View-like bindings.
30936
30937 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30938
30939 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30940 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30942 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30943 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30945 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30946
30947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30948
30949 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30950
30951 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30952 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30953 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30954
30955 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30956 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30957 own View-like bindings.
30958
30959 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30960
30961 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30962 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30963 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30964 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30965 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30966 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30967 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30968
30969 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30970
30971 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30972
30973 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30974 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30975 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30976
30977 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30978 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30979 own View-like bindings.
30980
30981 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30982
30983 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30984 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30986 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30987 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30988
30989 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30990 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30991 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30992 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30993
30994 \\<view-mode-map>
30995
30996 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30997 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30998 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30999 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31000 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31001 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31002 to a repeat count of one.
31003
31004 H, h, ? This message.
31005 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31006 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31007 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31008 > move to the end of buffer.
31009 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31010 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31011 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31012 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31013 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31014 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31015 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31016 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31017 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31018 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31019 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31020 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31021 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31022 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31023 Use this to view a changing file.
31024 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31025 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31026 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31027 . set the mark.
31028 x exchanges point and mark.
31029 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31030 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31031 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31032 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31033 ' go to position saved in character register.
31034 s do forward incremental search.
31035 r do reverse incremental search.
31036 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31037 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31038 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31039 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31040 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31041 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31042 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31043 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31044 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31045 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31046 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31047 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31048 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31049 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31050 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31051 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31052 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31053
31054 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31055 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31056 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31057 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31058 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31059 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31060 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31061 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31062 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31063
31064 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31065
31066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31067
31068 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31069 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31070 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31071 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31072 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31073 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31074 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31075 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31076 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31077
31078 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31079
31080 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31081
31082 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31083 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31084 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31085 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31086 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31087 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31088
31089 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31090 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31091 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31092
31093 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31094
31095 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31096
31097 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31098
31099 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31100 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31101
31102 \(fn)" t nil)
31103
31104 ;;;***
31105 \f
31106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
31107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31108 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31109
31110 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31111 Toggle Viper on/off.
31112 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31113
31114 \(fn)" t nil)
31115
31116 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31117 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31118
31119 \(fn)" t nil)
31120
31121 ;;;***
31122 \f
31123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
31124 ;;;;;; 0))
31125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31126
31127 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31128 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31129 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31130 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31131 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31132 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31133 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31134 the beginning of the warning.")
31135
31136 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31137 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31138 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31139 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31140 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31141 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31142 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31143 also call that function before the next warning.")
31144
31145 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31146 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31147
31148 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31149 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31150 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31151 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31152
31153 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31154 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31155 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31156 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31157 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31158 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31159
31160 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31161 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31162 Default is :warning.
31163
31164 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31165 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31166 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31167 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31168 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31169 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31170
31171 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31172 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31173 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31174
31175 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31176
31177 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31178 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31179
31180 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31181
31182 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31183 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31184 \\<special-mode-map>
31185 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31186 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31187
31188 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31189 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31190 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31191 can be whatever you like.)
31192
31193 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31194 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31195
31196 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31197 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31198 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31199 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31200 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31201
31202 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31203
31204 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31205 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31206 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31207 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31208 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31209
31210 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31211
31212 ;;;***
31213 \f
31214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
31215 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31216 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31217
31218 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31219 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31220 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31221 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31222 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31223 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31224 directories to reflect your edits.
31225
31226 See `wdired-mode'.
31227
31228 \(fn)" t nil)
31229
31230 ;;;***
31231 \f
31232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
31233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31234
31235 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31236 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31237
31238 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31239 hotlist.
31240
31241 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31242 <nwv@acm.org>.
31243
31244 \(fn)" t nil)
31245
31246 ;;;***
31247 \f
31248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
31249 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31251 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31252 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31253
31254 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31255
31256 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31257 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31258 See the `which-function-mode' command
31259 for a description of this minor mode.
31260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31262 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31263
31264 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31265
31266 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31267 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31271
31272 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31273 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31274 in certain major modes.
31275
31276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31277
31278 ;;;***
31279 \f
31280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
31281 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31282 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31283
31284 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31285 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31287 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31288 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31289
31290 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31291 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31292
31293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31294
31295 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31296 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31297 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31298 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31299 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31300
31301 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31302 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31303 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31304 use `whitespace-mode'.
31305
31306 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31307
31308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31309
31310 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31311 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31312 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31313 for a description of this minor mode.
31314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31315 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31316 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31317
31318 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31319
31320 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31321 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31323 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31324 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31325
31326 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31327 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31328
31329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31330
31331 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31332 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31333 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31334 for a description of this minor mode.
31335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31337 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31338
31339 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31340
31341 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31342 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31343 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31344 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31345 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31346
31347 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31348 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31349 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31350 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31351
31352 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31353
31354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31355
31356 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31357 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31358
31359 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31360 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31361
31362 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31363 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31364
31365 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31366
31367 CHAR MEANING
31368 (VIA FACES)
31369 f toggle face visualization
31370 t toggle TAB visualization
31371 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31372 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31373 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31374 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31375 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31376 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31377 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31378 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31379 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31380 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31381 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31382 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31383 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31384 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31385 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31386 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31387
31388 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31389 T toggle TAB visualization
31390 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31391 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31392
31393 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31394 ? display brief help
31395
31396 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31397 The valid symbols are:
31398
31399 face toggle face visualization
31400 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31401 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31402 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31403 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31404 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31405 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31406 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31407 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31408 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31409 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31410 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31411 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31412 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31413 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31414 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31415 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31416 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31417
31418 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31419 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31420 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31421
31422 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31423
31424 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31425
31426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31427
31428 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31429 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31430
31431 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31432 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31433
31434 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31435 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31436
31437 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31438
31439 CHAR MEANING
31440 (VIA FACES)
31441 f toggle face visualization
31442 t toggle TAB visualization
31443 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31444 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31445 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31446 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31447 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31448 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31449 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31450 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31451 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31452 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31453 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31454 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31455 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31456 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31457 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31458 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31459
31460 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31461 T toggle TAB visualization
31462 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31463 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31464
31465 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31466 ? display brief help
31467
31468 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31469 The valid symbols are:
31470
31471 face toggle face visualization
31472 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31473 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31474 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31475 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31476 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31477 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31478 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31479 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31480 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31481 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31482 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31483 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31484 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31485 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31486 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31487 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31488 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31489
31490 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31491 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31492 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31493
31494 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31495
31496 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31497
31498 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31499
31500 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31501 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31502
31503 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31504 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31505 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31506 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31507 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31508
31509 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31510
31511 The problems cleaned up are:
31512
31513 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31514 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31515 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31516 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31517
31518 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31519 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31520 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31521 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31522 SPACEs.
31523 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31524 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31525 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31526 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31527
31528 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31529 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31530 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31531 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31532 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31533 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31534 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31535 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31536
31537 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31538 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31539 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31540
31541 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31542 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31543 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31544 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31545 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31546 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31547 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31548 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31549
31550 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31551 documentation.
31552
31553 \(fn)" t nil)
31554
31555 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31556 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31557
31558 The problems cleaned up are:
31559
31560 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31561 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31562 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31563 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31564 SPACEs.
31565 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31566 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31567 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31568 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31569
31570 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31571 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31572 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31573 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31574 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31575 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31576 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31577 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31578
31579 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31580 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31581 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31582
31583 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31584 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31585 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31586 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31587 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31588 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31589 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31590 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31591
31592 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31593 documentation.
31594
31595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31596
31597 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31598 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31599
31600 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31601
31602 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31603
31604 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31605 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31606
31607 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31608 non-nil.
31609
31610 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31611 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31612 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31613
31614 empty
31615 trailing
31616 indentation
31617 space-before-tab
31618 space-after-tab
31619
31620 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31621 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31622 report problems.
31623
31624 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31625
31626 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31627 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31628 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31629 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31630 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31631 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31632 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31633
31634 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31635 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31636 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31637 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31638 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31639 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31640 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31641
31642 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31643 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31644 cleaning up these problems.
31645
31646 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31647
31648 ;;;***
31649 \f
31650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31651 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31652
31653 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31654 Browse the widget under point.
31655
31656 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31657
31658 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31659 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31660
31661 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31662
31663 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31664 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31665
31666 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31667
31668 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31669 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31671 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31672 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31673
31674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31675
31676 ;;;***
31677 \f
31678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
31679 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31680
31681 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31682 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31683
31684 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31685
31686 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31687 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31688 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31689
31690 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31691
31692 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31693 Create widget of TYPE.
31694 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31695
31696 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31697
31698 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31699 Delete WIDGET.
31700
31701 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31702
31703 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31704 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31705
31706 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31707
31708 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31709 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31710 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31711 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31712
31713 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31714 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31715
31716 \(fn)" nil nil)
31717
31718 ;;;***
31719 \f
31720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
31721 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31722
31723 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31724 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31725 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31726 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31727 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31728 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31729 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31730
31731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31732
31733 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31734 Select the window above the current one.
31735 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31736 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31737 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31738 negative ARG) of the current window.
31739 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31740
31741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31742
31743 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31744 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31745 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31746 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31747 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31748 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31749 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31750
31751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31752
31753 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31754 Select the window below the current one.
31755 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31756 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31757 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31758 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31759 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31760
31761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31762
31763 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31764 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31765 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31766 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
31767
31768 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31769
31770 ;;;***
31771 \f
31772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
31773 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31774
31775 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31776 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31777 See the `winner-mode' command
31778 for a description of this minor mode.
31779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31780 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31781 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31782
31783 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31784
31785 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31786 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31788 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31789 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
31790
31791 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
31792 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
31793 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
31794 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
31795 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
31796 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
31797
31798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31799
31800 ;;;***
31801 \f
31802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
31803 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31804 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31805
31806 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31807 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31808 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31809 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31810 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31811
31812 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31813
31814 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31815 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31816 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31817 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31818 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31819 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31820 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31821 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31822
31823 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31824 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31825
31826 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31827
31828 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31829 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31830
31831 \(fn)" t nil)
31832
31833 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31834 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31835 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31836 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31837 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31838 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31839 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31840 `woman' command for further details.
31841
31842 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31843
31844 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31845 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31846
31847 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31848
31849 ;;;***
31850 \f
31851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
31852 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31853
31854 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31855 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31856 Return the top node with all its children.
31857 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31858
31859 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31860 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31861 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31862
31863 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31864
31865 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31866 namespace to URIs instead.
31867
31868 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
31869 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
31870
31871 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31872
31873 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31874
31875 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31876
31877 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31878 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31879 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31880 not contain well-formed XML.
31881
31882 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31883 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31884 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31885 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31886 element of the list.
31887 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31888 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31889 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31890
31891 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31892
31893 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31894 namespace to URIs instead.
31895
31896 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
31897 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
31898
31899 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31900
31901 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31902
31903 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31904
31905 ;;;***
31906 \f
31907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
31908 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31909
31910 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31911 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31912 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31913 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31914 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31915 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31916 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31917 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31918 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31919 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31920
31921 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31922
31923 ;;;***
31924 \f
31925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
31926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31927
31928 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
31929
31930
31931 \(fn)" nil nil)
31932
31933 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31934 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31935
31936 \(fn)" t nil)
31937
31938 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31939 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31940
31941 \(fn)" nil nil)
31942
31943 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31944 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31945 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31946 prompt for it.
31947
31948 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
31949 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
31950 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
31951 buffer where the user can select from the list.
31952
31953 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31954
31955 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31956 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31957
31958 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31959
31960 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31961 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31962
31963 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31964
31965 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31966 Find references to the identifier at point.
31967 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31968
31969 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31970
31971 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31972 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31973 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31974
31975 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31976 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31977 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31978 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
31979 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31980 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31981 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31982
31983 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
31984 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
31985 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
31986 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
31987
31988 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
31989
31990 ;;;***
31991 \f
31992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31993 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31994
31995 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31996 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31997 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
31998 for a description of this minor mode.
31999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32000 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32001 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32002
32003 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32004
32005 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32006 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32008 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32009 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32010
32011 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32012 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32013 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32014 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32015 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32016 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32017
32018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32019
32020 ;;;***
32021 \f
32022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
32023 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32024
32025 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32026 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32027 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32028 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32029
32030 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32031
32032 ;;;***
32033 \f
32034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
32035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
32036
32037 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32038 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32039
32040 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32041
32042 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32043 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32044
32045 \(fn)" nil nil)
32046
32047 ;;;***
32048 \f
32049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
32050 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32051
32052 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32053 Zone out, completely.
32054
32055 \(fn)" t nil)
32056
32057 ;;;***
32058 \f
32059 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/smime.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "image/compface.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/rfc1843.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-brackets.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "mail/ietf-drums.el" "mail/mail-parse.el" "mail/mail-prsvr.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2045.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2047.el" "mail/rfc2231.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mailcap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/puny.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/sieve-manage.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "registry.el" "rtree.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "svg.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (0 0 0 0))
32274
32275 ;;;***
32276 \f
32277 (provide 'loaddefs)
32278 ;; Local Variables:
32279 ;; version-control: never
32280 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32281 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32282 ;; coding: utf-8
32283 ;; End:
32284 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here